1 //===---- TargetInfo.cpp - Encapsulate target details -----------*- C++ -*-===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 // These classes wrap the information about a call or function
11 // definition used to handle ABI compliancy.
12 //
13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14 
15 #include "TargetInfo.h"
16 #include "ABIInfo.h"
17 #include "CGCXXABI.h"
18 #include "CGValue.h"
19 #include "CodeGenFunction.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
21 #include "clang/CodeGen/CGFunctionInfo.h"
22 #include "clang/Frontend/CodeGenOptions.h"
23 #include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
24 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
25 #include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
26 #include "llvm/IR/Type.h"
27 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
28 #include <algorithm>    // std::sort
29 
30 using namespace clang;
31 using namespace CodeGen;
32 
33 static void AssignToArrayRange(CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder,
34                                llvm::Value *Array,
35                                llvm::Value *Value,
36                                unsigned FirstIndex,
37                                unsigned LastIndex) {
38   // Alternatively, we could emit this as a loop in the source.
39   for (unsigned I = FirstIndex; I <= LastIndex; ++I) {
40     llvm::Value *Cell =
41         Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(Builder.getInt8Ty(), Array, I);
42     Builder.CreateStore(Value, Cell);
43   }
44 }
45 
46 static bool isAggregateTypeForABI(QualType T) {
47   return !CodeGenFunction::hasScalarEvaluationKind(T) ||
48          T->isMemberFunctionPointerType();
49 }
50 
51 ABIInfo::~ABIInfo() {}
52 
53 static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(const RecordType *RT,
54                                               CGCXXABI &CXXABI) {
55   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
56   if (!RD)
57     return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default;
58   return CXXABI.getRecordArgABI(RD);
59 }
60 
61 static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(QualType T,
62                                               CGCXXABI &CXXABI) {
63   const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>();
64   if (!RT)
65     return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default;
66   return getRecordArgABI(RT, CXXABI);
67 }
68 
69 /// Pass transparent unions as if they were the type of the first element. Sema
70 /// should ensure that all elements of the union have the same "machine type".
71 static QualType useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(QualType Ty) {
72   if (const RecordType *UT = Ty->getAsUnionType()) {
73     const RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
74     if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) {
75       assert(!UD->field_empty() && "sema created an empty transparent union");
76       return UD->field_begin()->getType();
77     }
78   }
79   return Ty;
80 }
81 
82 CGCXXABI &ABIInfo::getCXXABI() const {
83   return CGT.getCXXABI();
84 }
85 
86 ASTContext &ABIInfo::getContext() const {
87   return CGT.getContext();
88 }
89 
90 llvm::LLVMContext &ABIInfo::getVMContext() const {
91   return CGT.getLLVMContext();
92 }
93 
94 const llvm::DataLayout &ABIInfo::getDataLayout() const {
95   return CGT.getDataLayout();
96 }
97 
98 const TargetInfo &ABIInfo::getTarget() const {
99   return CGT.getTarget();
100 }
101 
102 bool ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const {
103   return false;
104 }
105 
106 bool ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Base,
107                                                 uint64_t Members) const {
108   return false;
109 }
110 
111 void ABIArgInfo::dump() const {
112   raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs();
113   OS << "(ABIArgInfo Kind=";
114   switch (TheKind) {
115   case Direct:
116     OS << "Direct Type=";
117     if (llvm::Type *Ty = getCoerceToType())
118       Ty->print(OS);
119     else
120       OS << "null";
121     break;
122   case Extend:
123     OS << "Extend";
124     break;
125   case Ignore:
126     OS << "Ignore";
127     break;
128   case InAlloca:
129     OS << "InAlloca Offset=" << getInAllocaFieldIndex();
130     break;
131   case Indirect:
132     OS << "Indirect Align=" << getIndirectAlign()
133        << " ByVal=" << getIndirectByVal()
134        << " Realign=" << getIndirectRealign();
135     break;
136   case Expand:
137     OS << "Expand";
138     break;
139   }
140   OS << ")\n";
141 }
142 
143 TargetCodeGenInfo::~TargetCodeGenInfo() { delete Info; }
144 
145 // If someone can figure out a general rule for this, that would be great.
146 // It's probably just doomed to be platform-dependent, though.
147 unsigned TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException() const {
148   // Verified for:
149   //   x86-64     FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin
150   //   x86-32     FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin
151   //   PowerPC    Linux, Darwin
152   //   ARM        Darwin (*not* EABI)
153   //   AArch64    Linux
154   return 32;
155 }
156 
157 bool TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args,
158                                      const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const {
159   // The following conventions are known to require this to be false:
160   //   x86_stdcall
161   //   MIPS
162   // For everything else, we just prefer false unless we opt out.
163   return false;
164 }
165 
166 void
167 TargetCodeGenInfo::getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
168                                              llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const {
169   // This assumes the user is passing a library name like "rt" instead of a
170   // filename like "librt.a/so", and that they don't care whether it's static or
171   // dynamic.
172   Opt = "-l";
173   Opt += Lib;
174 }
175 
176 static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays);
177 
178 /// isEmptyField - Return true iff a the field is "empty", that is it
179 /// is an unnamed bit-field or an (array of) empty record(s).
180 static bool isEmptyField(ASTContext &Context, const FieldDecl *FD,
181                          bool AllowArrays) {
182   if (FD->isUnnamedBitfield())
183     return true;
184 
185   QualType FT = FD->getType();
186 
187   // Constant arrays of empty records count as empty, strip them off.
188   // Constant arrays of zero length always count as empty.
189   if (AllowArrays)
190     while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
191       if (AT->getSize() == 0)
192         return true;
193       FT = AT->getElementType();
194     }
195 
196   const RecordType *RT = FT->getAs<RecordType>();
197   if (!RT)
198     return false;
199 
200   // C++ record fields are never empty, at least in the Itanium ABI.
201   //
202   // FIXME: We should use a predicate for whether this behavior is true in the
203   // current ABI.
204   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()))
205     return false;
206 
207   return isEmptyRecord(Context, FT, AllowArrays);
208 }
209 
210 /// isEmptyRecord - Return true iff a structure contains only empty
211 /// fields. Note that a structure with a flexible array member is not
212 /// considered empty.
213 static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays) {
214   const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>();
215   if (!RT)
216     return 0;
217   const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
218   if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
219     return false;
220 
221   // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
222   if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
223     for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases())
224       if (!isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true))
225         return false;
226 
227   for (const auto *I : RD->fields())
228     if (!isEmptyField(Context, I, AllowArrays))
229       return false;
230   return true;
231 }
232 
233 /// isSingleElementStruct - Determine if a structure is a "single
234 /// element struct", i.e. it has exactly one non-empty field or
235 /// exactly one field which is itself a single element
236 /// struct. Structures with flexible array members are never
237 /// considered single element structs.
238 ///
239 /// \return The field declaration for the single non-empty field, if
240 /// it exists.
241 static const Type *isSingleElementStruct(QualType T, ASTContext &Context) {
242   const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>();
243   if (!RT)
244     return nullptr;
245 
246   const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
247   if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
248     return nullptr;
249 
250   const Type *Found = nullptr;
251 
252   // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
253   if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
254     for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
255       // Ignore empty records.
256       if (isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true))
257         continue;
258 
259       // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element struct.
260       if (Found)
261         return nullptr;
262 
263       // If this is non-empty and not a single element struct, the composite
264       // cannot be a single element struct.
265       Found = isSingleElementStruct(I.getType(), Context);
266       if (!Found)
267         return nullptr;
268     }
269   }
270 
271   // Check for single element.
272   for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
273     QualType FT = FD->getType();
274 
275     // Ignore empty fields.
276     if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true))
277       continue;
278 
279     // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element
280     // struct.
281     if (Found)
282       return nullptr;
283 
284     // Treat single element arrays as the element.
285     while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
286       if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() != 1)
287         break;
288       FT = AT->getElementType();
289     }
290 
291     if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(FT)) {
292       Found = FT.getTypePtr();
293     } else {
294       Found = isSingleElementStruct(FT, Context);
295       if (!Found)
296         return nullptr;
297     }
298   }
299 
300   // We don't consider a struct a single-element struct if it has
301   // padding beyond the element type.
302   if (Found && Context.getTypeSize(Found) != Context.getTypeSize(T))
303     return nullptr;
304 
305   return Found;
306 }
307 
308 static bool is32Or64BitBasicType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) {
309   // Treat complex types as the element type.
310   if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
311     Ty = CTy->getElementType();
312 
313   // Check for a type which we know has a simple scalar argument-passing
314   // convention without any padding.  (We're specifically looking for 32
315   // and 64-bit integer and integer-equivalents, float, and double.)
316   if (!Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() && !Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() &&
317       !Ty->isEnumeralType() && !Ty->isBlockPointerType())
318     return false;
319 
320   uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
321   return Size == 32 || Size == 64;
322 }
323 
324 /// canExpandIndirectArgument - Test whether an argument type which is to be
325 /// passed indirectly (on the stack) would have the equivalent layout if it was
326 /// expanded into separate arguments. If so, we prefer to do the latter to avoid
327 /// inhibiting optimizations.
328 ///
329 // FIXME: This predicate is missing many cases, currently it just follows
330 // llvm-gcc (checks that all fields are 32-bit or 64-bit primitive types). We
331 // should probably make this smarter, or better yet make the LLVM backend
332 // capable of handling it.
333 static bool canExpandIndirectArgument(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) {
334   // We can only expand structure types.
335   const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
336   if (!RT)
337     return false;
338 
339   // We can only expand (C) structures.
340   //
341   // FIXME: This needs to be generalized to handle classes as well.
342   const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
343   if (!RD->isStruct())
344     return false;
345 
346   // We try to expand CLike CXXRecordDecl.
347   if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
348     if (!CXXRD->isCLike())
349       return false;
350   }
351 
352   uint64_t Size = 0;
353 
354   for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
355     if (!is32Or64BitBasicType(FD->getType(), Context))
356       return false;
357 
358     // FIXME: Reject bit-fields wholesale; there are two problems, we don't know
359     // how to expand them yet, and the predicate for telling if a bitfield still
360     // counts as "basic" is more complicated than what we were doing previously.
361     if (FD->isBitField())
362       return false;
363 
364     Size += Context.getTypeSize(FD->getType());
365   }
366 
367   // Make sure there are not any holes in the struct.
368   if (Size != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
369     return false;
370 
371   return true;
372 }
373 
374 namespace {
375 /// DefaultABIInfo - The default implementation for ABI specific
376 /// details. This implementation provides information which results in
377 /// self-consistent and sensible LLVM IR generation, but does not
378 /// conform to any particular ABI.
379 class DefaultABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
380 public:
381   DefaultABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
382 
383   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
384   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
385 
386   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
387     if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
388       FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
389     for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
390       I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
391   }
392 
393   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
394                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
395 };
396 
397 class DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
398 public:
399   DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
400     : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {}
401 };
402 
403 llvm::Value *DefaultABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
404                                        CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
405   return nullptr;
406 }
407 
408 ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
409   Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
410 
411   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
412     // Records with non-trivial destructors/copy-constructors should not be
413     // passed by value.
414     if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
415       return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
416 
417     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
418   }
419 
420   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
421   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
422     Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
423 
424   return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
425           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
426 }
427 
428 ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
429   if (RetTy->isVoidType())
430     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
431 
432   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy))
433     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
434 
435   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
436   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
437     RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
438 
439   return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
440           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
441 }
442 
443 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
444 // le32/PNaCl bitcode ABI Implementation
445 //
446 // This is a simplified version of the x86_32 ABI.  Arguments and return values
447 // are always passed on the stack.
448 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
449 
450 class PNaClABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
451  public:
452   PNaClABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
453 
454   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
455   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
456 
457   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
458   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
459                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
460 };
461 
462 class PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
463  public:
464   PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
465     : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PNaClABIInfo(CGT)) {}
466 };
467 
468 void PNaClABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
469   if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
470     FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
471 
472   for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
473     I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
474 }
475 
476 llvm::Value *PNaClABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
477                                        CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
478   return nullptr;
479 }
480 
481 /// \brief Classify argument of given type \p Ty.
482 ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
483   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
484     if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
485       return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
486     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
487   } else if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
488     // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
489     Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
490   } else if (Ty->isFloatingType()) {
491     // Floating-point types don't go inreg.
492     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
493   }
494 
495   return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
496           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
497 }
498 
499 ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
500   if (RetTy->isVoidType())
501     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
502 
503   // In the PNaCl ABI we always return records/structures on the stack.
504   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy))
505     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
506 
507   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
508   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
509     RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
510 
511   return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
512           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
513 }
514 
515 /// IsX86_MMXType - Return true if this is an MMX type.
516 bool IsX86_MMXType(llvm::Type *IRType) {
517   // Return true if the type is an MMX type <2 x i32>, <4 x i16>, or <8 x i8>.
518   return IRType->isVectorTy() && IRType->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() == 64 &&
519     cast<llvm::VectorType>(IRType)->getElementType()->isIntegerTy() &&
520     IRType->getScalarSizeInBits() != 64;
521 }
522 
523 static llvm::Type* X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
524                                           StringRef Constraint,
525                                           llvm::Type* Ty) {
526   if ((Constraint == "y" || Constraint == "&y") && Ty->isVectorTy()) {
527     if (cast<llvm::VectorType>(Ty)->getBitWidth() != 64) {
528       // Invalid MMX constraint
529       return nullptr;
530     }
531 
532     return llvm::Type::getX86_MMXTy(CGF.getLLVMContext());
533   }
534 
535   // No operation needed
536   return Ty;
537 }
538 
539 /// Returns true if this type can be passed in SSE registers with the
540 /// X86_VectorCall calling convention. Shared between x86_32 and x86_64.
541 static bool isX86VectorTypeForVectorCall(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) {
542   if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
543     if (BT->isFloatingPoint() && BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Half)
544       return true;
545   } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
546     // vectorcall can pass XMM, YMM, and ZMM vectors. We don't pass SSE1 MMX
547     // registers specially.
548     unsigned VecSize = Context.getTypeSize(VT);
549     if (VecSize == 128 || VecSize == 256 || VecSize == 512)
550       return true;
551   }
552   return false;
553 }
554 
555 /// Returns true if this aggregate is small enough to be passed in SSE registers
556 /// in the X86_VectorCall calling convention. Shared between x86_32 and x86_64.
557 static bool isX86VectorCallAggregateSmallEnough(uint64_t NumMembers) {
558   return NumMembers <= 4;
559 }
560 
561 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
562 // X86-32 ABI Implementation
563 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
564 
565 /// \brief Similar to llvm::CCState, but for Clang.
566 struct CCState {
567   CCState(unsigned CC) : CC(CC), FreeRegs(0), FreeSSERegs(0) {}
568 
569   unsigned CC;
570   unsigned FreeRegs;
571   unsigned FreeSSERegs;
572 };
573 
574 /// X86_32ABIInfo - The X86-32 ABI information.
575 class X86_32ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
576   enum Class {
577     Integer,
578     Float
579   };
580 
581   static const unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes = 4;
582 
583   bool IsDarwinVectorABI;
584   bool IsSmallStructInRegABI;
585   bool IsWin32StructABI;
586   unsigned DefaultNumRegisterParameters;
587 
588   static bool isRegisterSize(unsigned Size) {
589     return (Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32 || Size == 64);
590   }
591 
592   bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override {
593     // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use.
594     return isX86VectorTypeForVectorCall(getContext(), Ty);
595   }
596 
597   bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
598                                          uint64_t NumMembers) const override {
599     // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use.
600     return isX86VectorCallAggregateSmallEnough(NumMembers);
601   }
602 
603   bool shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) const;
604 
605   /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
606   /// such that the argument will be passed in memory.
607   ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal, CCState &State) const;
608 
609   ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(CCState &State) const;
610 
611   /// \brief Return the alignment to use for the given type on the stack.
612   unsigned getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty, unsigned Align) const;
613 
614   Class classify(QualType Ty) const;
615   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const;
616   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const;
617   bool shouldUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State, bool &NeedsPadding) const;
618 
619   /// \brief Rewrite the function info so that all memory arguments use
620   /// inalloca.
621   void rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const;
622 
623   void addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields,
624                            unsigned &StackOffset, ABIArgInfo &Info,
625                            QualType Type) const;
626 
627 public:
628 
629   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
630   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
631                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
632 
633   X86_32ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool d, bool p, bool w,
634                 unsigned r)
635     : ABIInfo(CGT), IsDarwinVectorABI(d), IsSmallStructInRegABI(p),
636       IsWin32StructABI(w), DefaultNumRegisterParameters(r) {}
637 };
638 
639 class X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
640 public:
641   X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT,
642       bool d, bool p, bool w, unsigned r)
643     :TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_32ABIInfo(CGT, d, p, w, r)) {}
644 
645   static bool isStructReturnInRegABI(
646       const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts);
647 
648   void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
649                            CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override;
650 
651   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
652     // Darwin uses different dwarf register numbers for EH.
653     if (CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) return 5;
654     return 4;
655   }
656 
657   bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
658                                llvm::Value *Address) const override;
659 
660   llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
661                                   StringRef Constraint,
662                                   llvm::Type* Ty) const override {
663     return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty);
664   }
665 
666   void addReturnRegisterOutputs(CodeGenFunction &CGF, LValue ReturnValue,
667                                 std::string &Constraints,
668                                 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultRegTypes,
669                                 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultTruncRegTypes,
670                                 std::vector<LValue> &ResultRegDests,
671                                 std::string &AsmString,
672                                 unsigned NumOutputs) const override;
673 
674   llvm::Constant *
675   getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
676     unsigned Sig = (0xeb << 0) |  // jmp rel8
677                    (0x06 << 8) |  //           .+0x08
678                    ('F' << 16) |
679                    ('T' << 24);
680     return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig);
681   }
682 };
683 
684 }
685 
686 /// Rewrite input constraint references after adding some output constraints.
687 /// In the case where there is one output and one input and we add one output,
688 /// we need to replace all operand references greater than or equal to 1:
689 ///     mov $0, $1
690 ///     mov eax, $1
691 /// The result will be:
692 ///     mov $0, $2
693 ///     mov eax, $2
694 static void rewriteInputConstraintReferences(unsigned FirstIn,
695                                              unsigned NumNewOuts,
696                                              std::string &AsmString) {
697   std::string Buf;
698   llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(Buf);
699   size_t Pos = 0;
700   while (Pos < AsmString.size()) {
701     size_t DollarStart = AsmString.find('$', Pos);
702     if (DollarStart == std::string::npos)
703       DollarStart = AsmString.size();
704     size_t DollarEnd = AsmString.find_first_not_of('$', DollarStart);
705     if (DollarEnd == std::string::npos)
706       DollarEnd = AsmString.size();
707     OS << StringRef(&AsmString[Pos], DollarEnd - Pos);
708     Pos = DollarEnd;
709     size_t NumDollars = DollarEnd - DollarStart;
710     if (NumDollars % 2 != 0 && Pos < AsmString.size()) {
711       // We have an operand reference.
712       size_t DigitStart = Pos;
713       size_t DigitEnd = AsmString.find_first_not_of("0123456789", DigitStart);
714       if (DigitEnd == std::string::npos)
715         DigitEnd = AsmString.size();
716       StringRef OperandStr(&AsmString[DigitStart], DigitEnd - DigitStart);
717       unsigned OperandIndex;
718       if (!OperandStr.getAsInteger(10, OperandIndex)) {
719         if (OperandIndex >= FirstIn)
720           OperandIndex += NumNewOuts;
721         OS << OperandIndex;
722       } else {
723         OS << OperandStr;
724       }
725       Pos = DigitEnd;
726     }
727   }
728   AsmString = std::move(OS.str());
729 }
730 
731 /// Add output constraints for EAX:EDX because they are return registers.
732 void X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::addReturnRegisterOutputs(
733     CodeGenFunction &CGF, LValue ReturnSlot, std::string &Constraints,
734     std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultRegTypes,
735     std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultTruncRegTypes,
736     std::vector<LValue> &ResultRegDests, std::string &AsmString,
737     unsigned NumOutputs) const {
738   uint64_t RetWidth = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(ReturnSlot.getType());
739 
740   // Use the EAX constraint if the width is 32 or smaller and EAX:EDX if it is
741   // larger.
742   if (!Constraints.empty())
743     Constraints += ',';
744   if (RetWidth <= 32) {
745     Constraints += "={eax}";
746     ResultRegTypes.push_back(CGF.Int32Ty);
747   } else {
748     // Use the 'A' constraint for EAX:EDX.
749     Constraints += "=A";
750     ResultRegTypes.push_back(CGF.Int64Ty);
751   }
752 
753   // Truncate EAX or EAX:EDX to an integer of the appropriate size.
754   llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(CGF.getLLVMContext(), RetWidth);
755   ResultTruncRegTypes.push_back(CoerceTy);
756 
757   // Coerce the integer by bitcasting the return slot pointer.
758   ReturnSlot.setAddress(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(ReturnSlot.getAddress(),
759                                                   CoerceTy->getPointerTo()));
760   ResultRegDests.push_back(ReturnSlot);
761 
762   rewriteInputConstraintReferences(NumOutputs, 1, AsmString);
763 }
764 
765 /// shouldReturnTypeInRegister - Determine if the given type should be
766 /// passed in a register (for the Darwin ABI).
767 bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty,
768                                                ASTContext &Context) const {
769   uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
770 
771   // Type must be register sized.
772   if (!isRegisterSize(Size))
773     return false;
774 
775   if (Ty->isVectorType()) {
776     // 64- and 128- bit vectors inside structures are not returned in
777     // registers.
778     if (Size == 64 || Size == 128)
779       return false;
780 
781     return true;
782   }
783 
784   // If this is a builtin, pointer, enum, complex type, member pointer, or
785   // member function pointer it is ok.
786   if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() ||
787       Ty->isAnyComplexType() || Ty->isEnumeralType() ||
788       Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isMemberPointerType())
789     return true;
790 
791   // Arrays are treated like records.
792   if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty))
793     return shouldReturnTypeInRegister(AT->getElementType(), Context);
794 
795   // Otherwise, it must be a record type.
796   const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
797   if (!RT) return false;
798 
799   // FIXME: Traverse bases here too.
800 
801   // Structure types are passed in register if all fields would be
802   // passed in a register.
803   for (const auto *FD : RT->getDecl()->fields()) {
804     // Empty fields are ignored.
805     if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true))
806       continue;
807 
808     // Check fields recursively.
809     if (!shouldReturnTypeInRegister(FD->getType(), Context))
810       return false;
811   }
812   return true;
813 }
814 
815 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(CCState &State) const {
816   // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one
817   // integer register.
818   if (State.FreeRegs) {
819     --State.FreeRegs;
820     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirectInReg(/*Align=*/0, /*ByVal=*/false);
821   }
822   return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(/*Align=*/0, /*ByVal=*/false);
823 }
824 
825 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const {
826   if (RetTy->isVoidType())
827     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
828 
829   const Type *Base = nullptr;
830   uint64_t NumElts = 0;
831   if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall &&
832       isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, NumElts)) {
833     // The LLVM struct type for such an aggregate should lower properly.
834     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
835   }
836 
837   if (const VectorType *VT = RetTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
838     // On Darwin, some vectors are returned in registers.
839     if (IsDarwinVectorABI) {
840       uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
841 
842       // 128-bit vectors are a special case; they are returned in
843       // registers and we need to make sure to pick a type the LLVM
844       // backend will like.
845       if (Size == 128)
846         return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::VectorType::get(
847                   llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()), 2));
848 
849       // Always return in register if it fits in a general purpose
850       // register, or if it is 64 bits and has a single element.
851       if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) ||
852           (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1))
853         return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
854                                                             Size));
855 
856       return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
857     }
858 
859     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
860   }
861 
862   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
863     if (const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
864       // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect.
865       if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
866         return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
867     }
868 
869     // If specified, structs and unions are always indirect.
870     if (!IsSmallStructInRegABI && !RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
871       return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
872 
873     // Small structures which are register sized are generally returned
874     // in a register.
875     if (shouldReturnTypeInRegister(RetTy, getContext())) {
876       uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
877 
878       // As a special-case, if the struct is a "single-element" struct, and
879       // the field is of type "float" or "double", return it in a
880       // floating-point register. (MSVC does not apply this special case.)
881       // We apply a similar transformation for pointer types to improve the
882       // quality of the generated IR.
883       if (const Type *SeltTy = isSingleElementStruct(RetTy, getContext()))
884         if ((!IsWin32StructABI && SeltTy->isRealFloatingType())
885             || SeltTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
886           return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(SeltTy, 0)));
887 
888       // FIXME: We should be able to narrow this integer in cases with dead
889       // padding.
890       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),Size));
891     }
892 
893     return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
894   }
895 
896   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
897   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
898     RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
899 
900   return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
901           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
902 }
903 
904 static bool isSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) {
905   return Ty->getAs<VectorType>() && Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == 128;
906 }
907 
908 static bool isRecordWithSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) {
909   const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
910   if (!RT)
911     return 0;
912   const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
913 
914   // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
915   if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
916     for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases())
917       if (!isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, I.getType()))
918         return false;
919 
920   for (const auto *i : RD->fields()) {
921     QualType FT = i->getType();
922 
923     if (isSSEVectorType(Context, FT))
924       return true;
925 
926     if (isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, FT))
927       return true;
928   }
929 
930   return false;
931 }
932 
933 unsigned X86_32ABIInfo::getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty,
934                                                  unsigned Align) const {
935   // Otherwise, if the alignment is less than or equal to the minimum ABI
936   // alignment, just use the default; the backend will handle this.
937   if (Align <= MinABIStackAlignInBytes)
938     return 0; // Use default alignment.
939 
940   // On non-Darwin, the stack type alignment is always 4.
941   if (!IsDarwinVectorABI) {
942     // Set explicit alignment, since we may need to realign the top.
943     return MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
944   }
945 
946   // Otherwise, if the type contains an SSE vector type, the alignment is 16.
947   if (Align >= 16 && (isSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty) ||
948                       isRecordWithSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty)))
949     return 16;
950 
951   return MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
952 }
953 
954 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal,
955                                             CCState &State) const {
956   if (!ByVal) {
957     if (State.FreeRegs) {
958       --State.FreeRegs; // Non-byval indirects just use one pointer.
959       return ABIArgInfo::getIndirectInReg(0, false);
960     }
961     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, false);
962   }
963 
964   // Compute the byval alignment.
965   unsigned TypeAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
966   unsigned StackAlign = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, TypeAlign);
967   if (StackAlign == 0)
968     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(4, /*ByVal=*/true);
969 
970   // If the stack alignment is less than the type alignment, realign the
971   // argument.
972   bool Realign = TypeAlign > StackAlign;
973   return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(StackAlign, /*ByVal=*/true, Realign);
974 }
975 
976 X86_32ABIInfo::Class X86_32ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty) const {
977   const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext());
978   if (!T)
979     T = Ty.getTypePtr();
980 
981   if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
982     BuiltinType::Kind K = BT->getKind();
983     if (K == BuiltinType::Float || K == BuiltinType::Double)
984       return Float;
985   }
986   return Integer;
987 }
988 
989 bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State,
990                                    bool &NeedsPadding) const {
991   NeedsPadding = false;
992   Class C = classify(Ty);
993   if (C == Float)
994     return false;
995 
996   unsigned Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
997   unsigned SizeInRegs = (Size + 31) / 32;
998 
999   if (SizeInRegs == 0)
1000     return false;
1001 
1002   if (SizeInRegs > State.FreeRegs) {
1003     State.FreeRegs = 0;
1004     return false;
1005   }
1006 
1007   State.FreeRegs -= SizeInRegs;
1008 
1009   if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall ||
1010       State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall) {
1011     if (Size > 32)
1012       return false;
1013 
1014     if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
1015       return true;
1016 
1017     if (Ty->isPointerType())
1018       return true;
1019 
1020     if (Ty->isReferenceType())
1021       return true;
1022 
1023     if (State.FreeRegs)
1024       NeedsPadding = true;
1025 
1026     return false;
1027   }
1028 
1029   return true;
1030 }
1031 
1032 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
1033                                                CCState &State) const {
1034   // FIXME: Set alignment on indirect arguments.
1035 
1036   Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
1037 
1038   // Check with the C++ ABI first.
1039   const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
1040   if (RT) {
1041     CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI());
1042     if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect) {
1043       return getIndirectResult(Ty, false, State);
1044     } else if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory) {
1045       // The field index doesn't matter, we'll fix it up later.
1046       return ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(/*FieldIndex=*/0);
1047     }
1048   }
1049 
1050   // vectorcall adds the concept of a homogenous vector aggregate, similar
1051   // to other targets.
1052   const Type *Base = nullptr;
1053   uint64_t NumElts = 0;
1054   if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall &&
1055       isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, NumElts)) {
1056     if (State.FreeSSERegs >= NumElts) {
1057       State.FreeSSERegs -= NumElts;
1058       if (Ty->isBuiltinType() || Ty->isVectorType())
1059         return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
1060       return ABIArgInfo::getExpand();
1061     }
1062     return getIndirectResult(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false, State);
1063   }
1064 
1065   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
1066     if (RT) {
1067       // Structs are always byval on win32, regardless of what they contain.
1068       if (IsWin32StructABI)
1069         return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
1070 
1071       // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect.
1072       if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
1073         return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
1074     }
1075 
1076     // Ignore empty structs/unions.
1077     if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
1078       return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
1079 
1080     llvm::LLVMContext &LLVMContext = getVMContext();
1081     llvm::IntegerType *Int32 = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(LLVMContext);
1082     bool NeedsPadding;
1083     if (shouldUseInReg(Ty, State, NeedsPadding)) {
1084       unsigned SizeInRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32;
1085       SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 3> Elements(SizeInRegs, Int32);
1086       llvm::Type *Result = llvm::StructType::get(LLVMContext, Elements);
1087       return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(Result);
1088     }
1089     llvm::IntegerType *PaddingType = NeedsPadding ? Int32 : nullptr;
1090 
1091     // Expand small (<= 128-bit) record types when we know that the stack layout
1092     // of those arguments will match the struct. This is important because the
1093     // LLVM backend isn't smart enough to remove byval, which inhibits many
1094     // optimizations.
1095     if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 4*32 &&
1096         canExpandIndirectArgument(Ty, getContext()))
1097       return ABIArgInfo::getExpandWithPadding(
1098           State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall ||
1099               State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall,
1100           PaddingType);
1101 
1102     return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
1103   }
1104 
1105   if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
1106     // On Darwin, some vectors are passed in memory, we handle this by passing
1107     // it as an i8/i16/i32/i64.
1108     if (IsDarwinVectorABI) {
1109       uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
1110       if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) ||
1111           (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1))
1112         return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
1113                                                             Size));
1114     }
1115 
1116     if (IsX86_MMXType(CGT.ConvertType(Ty)))
1117       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64));
1118 
1119     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
1120   }
1121 
1122 
1123   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
1124     Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
1125 
1126   bool NeedsPadding;
1127   bool InReg = shouldUseInReg(Ty, State, NeedsPadding);
1128 
1129   if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
1130     if (InReg)
1131       return ABIArgInfo::getExtendInReg();
1132     return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
1133   }
1134   if (InReg)
1135     return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg();
1136   return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
1137 }
1138 
1139 void X86_32ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
1140   CCState State(FI.getCallingConvention());
1141   if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall)
1142     State.FreeRegs = 2;
1143   else if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall) {
1144     State.FreeRegs = 2;
1145     State.FreeSSERegs = 6;
1146   } else if (FI.getHasRegParm())
1147     State.FreeRegs = FI.getRegParm();
1148   else
1149     State.FreeRegs = DefaultNumRegisterParameters;
1150 
1151   if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) {
1152     FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), State);
1153   } else if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect()) {
1154     // The C++ ABI is not aware of register usage, so we have to check if the
1155     // return value was sret and put it in a register ourselves if appropriate.
1156     if (State.FreeRegs) {
1157       --State.FreeRegs;  // The sret parameter consumes a register.
1158       FI.getReturnInfo().setInReg(true);
1159     }
1160   }
1161 
1162   // The chain argument effectively gives us another free register.
1163   if (FI.isChainCall())
1164     ++State.FreeRegs;
1165 
1166   bool UsedInAlloca = false;
1167   for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) {
1168     I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, State);
1169     UsedInAlloca |= (I.info.getKind() == ABIArgInfo::InAlloca);
1170   }
1171 
1172   // If we needed to use inalloca for any argument, do a second pass and rewrite
1173   // all the memory arguments to use inalloca.
1174   if (UsedInAlloca)
1175     rewriteWithInAlloca(FI);
1176 }
1177 
1178 void
1179 X86_32ABIInfo::addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields,
1180                                    unsigned &StackOffset,
1181                                    ABIArgInfo &Info, QualType Type) const {
1182   assert(StackOffset % 4U == 0 && "unaligned inalloca struct");
1183   Info = ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(FrameFields.size());
1184   FrameFields.push_back(CGT.ConvertTypeForMem(Type));
1185   StackOffset += getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Type).getQuantity();
1186 
1187   // Insert padding bytes to respect alignment.  For x86_32, each argument is 4
1188   // byte aligned.
1189   if (StackOffset % 4U) {
1190     unsigned OldOffset = StackOffset;
1191     StackOffset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(StackOffset, 4U);
1192     unsigned NumBytes = StackOffset - OldOffset;
1193     assert(NumBytes);
1194     llvm::Type *Ty = llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext());
1195     Ty = llvm::ArrayType::get(Ty, NumBytes);
1196     FrameFields.push_back(Ty);
1197   }
1198 }
1199 
1200 static bool isArgInAlloca(const ABIArgInfo &Info) {
1201   // Leave ignored and inreg arguments alone.
1202   switch (Info.getKind()) {
1203   case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
1204     return true;
1205   case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
1206     assert(Info.getIndirectByVal());
1207     return true;
1208   case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
1209     return false;
1210   case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
1211   case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
1212   case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
1213     if (Info.getInReg())
1214       return false;
1215     return true;
1216   }
1217   llvm_unreachable("invalid enum");
1218 }
1219 
1220 void X86_32ABIInfo::rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
1221   assert(IsWin32StructABI && "inalloca only supported on win32");
1222 
1223   // Build a packed struct type for all of the arguments in memory.
1224   SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> FrameFields;
1225 
1226   unsigned StackOffset = 0;
1227   CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator I = FI.arg_begin(), E = FI.arg_end();
1228 
1229   // Put 'this' into the struct before 'sret', if necessary.
1230   bool IsThisCall =
1231       FI.getCallingConvention() == llvm::CallingConv::X86_ThisCall;
1232   ABIArgInfo &Ret = FI.getReturnInfo();
1233   if (Ret.isIndirect() && Ret.isSRetAfterThis() && !IsThisCall &&
1234       isArgInAlloca(I->info)) {
1235     addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, I->info, I->type);
1236     ++I;
1237   }
1238 
1239   // Put the sret parameter into the inalloca struct if it's in memory.
1240   if (Ret.isIndirect() && !Ret.getInReg()) {
1241     CanQualType PtrTy = getContext().getPointerType(FI.getReturnType());
1242     addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, Ret, PtrTy);
1243     // On Windows, the hidden sret parameter is always returned in eax.
1244     Ret.setInAllocaSRet(IsWin32StructABI);
1245   }
1246 
1247   // Skip the 'this' parameter in ecx.
1248   if (IsThisCall)
1249     ++I;
1250 
1251   // Put arguments passed in memory into the struct.
1252   for (; I != E; ++I) {
1253     if (isArgInAlloca(I->info))
1254       addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, I->info, I->type);
1255   }
1256 
1257   FI.setArgStruct(llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), FrameFields,
1258                                         /*isPacked=*/true));
1259 }
1260 
1261 llvm::Value *X86_32ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
1262                                       CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
1263   llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
1264 
1265   CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
1266   llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP,
1267                                                        "ap");
1268   llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
1269 
1270   // Compute if the address needs to be aligned
1271   unsigned Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty).getQuantity();
1272   Align = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, Align);
1273   Align = std::max(Align, 4U);
1274   if (Align > 4) {
1275     // addr = (addr + align - 1) & -align;
1276     llvm::Value *Offset =
1277       llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1);
1278     Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, Offset);
1279     llvm::Value *AsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr,
1280                                                     CGF.Int32Ty);
1281     llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -Align);
1282     Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask),
1283                                       Addr->getType(),
1284                                       "ap.cur.aligned");
1285   }
1286 
1287   llvm::Type *PTy =
1288     llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
1289   llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
1290 
1291   uint64_t Offset =
1292     llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, Align);
1293   llvm::Value *NextAddr =
1294     Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
1295                       "ap.next");
1296   Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
1297 
1298   return AddrTyped;
1299 }
1300 
1301 bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI(
1302     const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts) {
1303   assert(Triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86);
1304 
1305   switch (Opts.getStructReturnConvention()) {
1306   case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_Default:
1307     break;
1308   case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_OnStack:  // -fpcc-struct-return
1309     return false;
1310   case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_InRegs:  // -freg-struct-return
1311     return true;
1312   }
1313 
1314   if (Triple.isOSDarwin())
1315     return true;
1316 
1317   switch (Triple.getOS()) {
1318   case llvm::Triple::DragonFly:
1319   case llvm::Triple::FreeBSD:
1320   case llvm::Triple::OpenBSD:
1321   case llvm::Triple::Bitrig:
1322   case llvm::Triple::Win32:
1323     return true;
1324   default:
1325     return false;
1326   }
1327 }
1328 
1329 void X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
1330                                                   llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1331                                             CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
1332   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1333     if (FD->hasAttr<X86ForceAlignArgPointerAttr>()) {
1334       // Get the LLVM function.
1335       llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
1336 
1337       // Now add the 'alignstack' attribute with a value of 16.
1338       llvm::AttrBuilder B;
1339       B.addStackAlignmentAttr(16);
1340       Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
1341                       llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(),
1342                                               llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
1343                                               B));
1344     }
1345   }
1346 }
1347 
1348 bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(
1349                                                CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
1350                                                llvm::Value *Address) const {
1351   CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
1352 
1353   llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
1354 
1355   // 0-7 are the eight integer registers;  the order is different
1356   //   on Darwin (for EH), but the range is the same.
1357   // 8 is %eip.
1358   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 8);
1359 
1360   if (CGF.CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) {
1361     // 12-16 are st(0..4).  Not sure why we stop at 4.
1362     // These have size 16, which is sizeof(long double) on
1363     // platforms with 8-byte alignment for that type.
1364     llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 16);
1365     AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 12, 16);
1366 
1367   } else {
1368     // 9 is %eflags, which doesn't get a size on Darwin for some
1369     // reason.
1370     Builder.CreateStore(
1371         Four8, Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(CGF.Int8Ty, Address, 9));
1372 
1373     // 11-16 are st(0..5).  Not sure why we stop at 5.
1374     // These have size 12, which is sizeof(long double) on
1375     // platforms with 4-byte alignment for that type.
1376     llvm::Value *Twelve8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 12);
1377     AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Twelve8, 11, 16);
1378   }
1379 
1380   return false;
1381 }
1382 
1383 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1384 // X86-64 ABI Implementation
1385 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1386 
1387 
1388 namespace {
1389 /// X86_64ABIInfo - The X86_64 ABI information.
1390 class X86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
1391   enum Class {
1392     Integer = 0,
1393     SSE,
1394     SSEUp,
1395     X87,
1396     X87Up,
1397     ComplexX87,
1398     NoClass,
1399     Memory
1400   };
1401 
1402   /// merge - Implement the X86_64 ABI merging algorithm.
1403   ///
1404   /// Merge an accumulating classification \arg Accum with a field
1405   /// classification \arg Field.
1406   ///
1407   /// \param Accum - The accumulating classification. This should
1408   /// always be either NoClass or the result of a previous merge
1409   /// call. In addition, this should never be Memory (the caller
1410   /// should just return Memory for the aggregate).
1411   static Class merge(Class Accum, Class Field);
1412 
1413   /// postMerge - Implement the X86_64 ABI post merging algorithm.
1414   ///
1415   /// Post merger cleanup, reduces a malformed Hi and Lo pair to
1416   /// final MEMORY or SSE classes when necessary.
1417   ///
1418   /// \param AggregateSize - The size of the current aggregate in
1419   /// the classification process.
1420   ///
1421   /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type
1422   /// residing in the low word of the containing object.
1423   ///
1424   /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type
1425   /// residing in the higher words of the containing object.
1426   ///
1427   void postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo, Class &Hi) const;
1428 
1429   /// classify - Determine the x86_64 register classes in which the
1430   /// given type T should be passed.
1431   ///
1432   /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type
1433   /// residing in the low word of the containing object.
1434   ///
1435   /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type
1436   /// residing in the high word of the containing object.
1437   ///
1438   /// \param OffsetBase - The bit offset of this type in the
1439   /// containing object.  Some parameters are classified different
1440   /// depending on whether they straddle an eightbyte boundary.
1441   ///
1442   /// \param isNamedArg - Whether the argument in question is a "named"
1443   /// argument, as used in AMD64-ABI 3.5.7.
1444   ///
1445   /// If a word is unused its result will be NoClass; if a type should
1446   /// be passed in Memory then at least the classification of \arg Lo
1447   /// will be Memory.
1448   ///
1449   /// The \arg Lo class will be NoClass iff the argument is ignored.
1450   ///
1451   /// If the \arg Lo class is ComplexX87, then the \arg Hi class will
1452   /// also be ComplexX87.
1453   void classify(QualType T, uint64_t OffsetBase, Class &Lo, Class &Hi,
1454                 bool isNamedArg) const;
1455 
1456   llvm::Type *GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
1457   llvm::Type *GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType,
1458                                  unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy,
1459                                  unsigned SourceOffset) const;
1460   llvm::Type *GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType,
1461                                      unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy,
1462                                      unsigned SourceOffset) const;
1463 
1464   /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
1465   /// such that the argument will be returned in memory.
1466   ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const;
1467 
1468   /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
1469   /// such that the argument will be passed in memory.
1470   ///
1471   /// \param freeIntRegs - The number of free integer registers remaining
1472   /// available.
1473   ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs) const;
1474 
1475   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
1476 
1477   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
1478                                   unsigned freeIntRegs,
1479                                   unsigned &neededInt,
1480                                   unsigned &neededSSE,
1481                                   bool isNamedArg) const;
1482 
1483   bool IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
1484 
1485   /// The 0.98 ABI revision clarified a lot of ambiguities,
1486   /// unfortunately in ways that were not always consistent with
1487   /// certain previous compilers.  In particular, platforms which
1488   /// required strict binary compatibility with older versions of GCC
1489   /// may need to exempt themselves.
1490   bool honorsRevision0_98() const {
1491     return !getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin();
1492   }
1493 
1494   bool HasAVX;
1495   // Some ABIs (e.g. X32 ABI and Native Client OS) use 32 bit pointers on
1496   // 64-bit hardware.
1497   bool Has64BitPointers;
1498 
1499 public:
1500   X86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool hasavx) :
1501       ABIInfo(CGT), HasAVX(hasavx),
1502       Has64BitPointers(CGT.getDataLayout().getPointerSize(0) == 8) {
1503   }
1504 
1505   bool isPassedUsingAVXType(QualType type) const {
1506     unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
1507     // The freeIntRegs argument doesn't matter here.
1508     ABIArgInfo info = classifyArgumentType(type, 0, neededInt, neededSSE,
1509                                            /*isNamedArg*/true);
1510     if (info.isDirect()) {
1511       llvm::Type *ty = info.getCoerceToType();
1512       if (llvm::VectorType *vectorTy = dyn_cast_or_null<llvm::VectorType>(ty))
1513         return (vectorTy->getBitWidth() > 128);
1514     }
1515     return false;
1516   }
1517 
1518   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
1519 
1520   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
1521                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
1522 
1523   bool has64BitPointers() const {
1524     return Has64BitPointers;
1525   }
1526 };
1527 
1528 /// WinX86_64ABIInfo - The Windows X86_64 ABI information.
1529 class WinX86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
1530 
1531   ABIArgInfo classify(QualType Ty, unsigned &FreeSSERegs,
1532                       bool IsReturnType) const;
1533 
1534 public:
1535   WinX86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
1536 
1537   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
1538 
1539   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
1540                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
1541 
1542   bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override {
1543     // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use.
1544     return isX86VectorTypeForVectorCall(getContext(), Ty);
1545   }
1546 
1547   bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
1548                                          uint64_t NumMembers) const override {
1549     // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use.
1550     return isX86VectorCallAggregateSmallEnough(NumMembers);
1551   }
1552 };
1553 
1554 class X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
1555   bool HasAVX;
1556 public:
1557   X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX)
1558       : TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_64ABIInfo(CGT, HasAVX)), HasAVX(HasAVX) {}
1559 
1560   const X86_64ABIInfo &getABIInfo() const {
1561     return static_cast<const X86_64ABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo());
1562   }
1563 
1564   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
1565     return 7;
1566   }
1567 
1568   bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
1569                                llvm::Value *Address) const override {
1570     llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8);
1571 
1572     // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
1573     // 16 is %rip.
1574     AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16);
1575     return false;
1576   }
1577 
1578   llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
1579                                   StringRef Constraint,
1580                                   llvm::Type* Ty) const override {
1581     return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty);
1582   }
1583 
1584   bool isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args,
1585                              const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const override {
1586     // The default CC on x86-64 sets %al to the number of SSA
1587     // registers used, and GCC sets this when calling an unprototyped
1588     // function, so we override the default behavior.  However, don't do
1589     // that when AVX types are involved: the ABI explicitly states it is
1590     // undefined, and it doesn't work in practice because of how the ABI
1591     // defines varargs anyway.
1592     if (fnType->getCallConv() == CC_C) {
1593       bool HasAVXType = false;
1594       for (CallArgList::const_iterator
1595              it = args.begin(), ie = args.end(); it != ie; ++it) {
1596         if (getABIInfo().isPassedUsingAVXType(it->Ty)) {
1597           HasAVXType = true;
1598           break;
1599         }
1600       }
1601 
1602       if (!HasAVXType)
1603         return true;
1604     }
1605 
1606     return TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(args, fnType);
1607   }
1608 
1609   llvm::Constant *
1610   getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
1611     unsigned Sig;
1612     if (getABIInfo().has64BitPointers())
1613       Sig = (0xeb << 0) |  // jmp rel8
1614             (0x0a << 8) |  //           .+0x0c
1615             ('F' << 16) |
1616             ('T' << 24);
1617     else
1618       Sig = (0xeb << 0) |  // jmp rel8
1619             (0x06 << 8) |  //           .+0x08
1620             ('F' << 16) |
1621             ('T' << 24);
1622     return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig);
1623   }
1624 
1625   unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override {
1626     return HasAVX ? 32 : 16;
1627   }
1628 };
1629 
1630 class PS4TargetCodeGenInfo : public X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo {
1631 public:
1632   PS4TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX)
1633     : X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CGT, HasAVX) {}
1634 
1635   void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
1636                                  llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override {
1637     Opt = "\01";
1638     Opt += Lib;
1639   }
1640 };
1641 
1642 static std::string qualifyWindowsLibrary(llvm::StringRef Lib) {
1643   // If the argument does not end in .lib, automatically add the suffix.
1644   // If the argument contains a space, enclose it in quotes.
1645   // This matches the behavior of MSVC.
1646   bool Quote = (Lib.find(" ") != StringRef::npos);
1647   std::string ArgStr = Quote ? "\"" : "";
1648   ArgStr += Lib;
1649   if (!Lib.endswith_lower(".lib"))
1650     ArgStr += ".lib";
1651   ArgStr += Quote ? "\"" : "";
1652   return ArgStr;
1653 }
1654 
1655 class WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo {
1656 public:
1657   WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT,
1658         bool d, bool p, bool w, unsigned RegParms)
1659     : X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CGT, d, p, w, RegParms) {}
1660 
1661   void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1662                            CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override;
1663 
1664   void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
1665                                  llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override {
1666     Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:";
1667     Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib);
1668   }
1669 
1670   void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name,
1671                                llvm::StringRef Value,
1672                                llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override {
1673     Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\"";
1674   }
1675 };
1676 
1677 static void addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(const Decl *D,
1678                                              llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1679                                              CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) {
1680   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1681     if (CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StackProbeSize != 4096) {
1682       llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
1683 
1684       Fn->addFnAttr("stack-probe-size", llvm::utostr(CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StackProbeSize));
1685     }
1686   }
1687 }
1688 
1689 void WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
1690                                                      llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1691                                             CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
1692   X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(D, GV, CGM);
1693 
1694   addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(D, GV, CGM);
1695 }
1696 
1697 class WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
1698   bool HasAVX;
1699 public:
1700   WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX)
1701     : TargetCodeGenInfo(new WinX86_64ABIInfo(CGT)), HasAVX(HasAVX) {}
1702 
1703   void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1704                            CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override;
1705 
1706   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
1707     return 7;
1708   }
1709 
1710   bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
1711                                llvm::Value *Address) const override {
1712     llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8);
1713 
1714     // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
1715     // 16 is %rip.
1716     AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16);
1717     return false;
1718   }
1719 
1720   void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
1721                                  llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override {
1722     Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:";
1723     Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib);
1724   }
1725 
1726   void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name,
1727                                llvm::StringRef Value,
1728                                llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override {
1729     Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\"";
1730   }
1731 
1732   unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override {
1733     return HasAVX ? 32 : 16;
1734   }
1735 };
1736 
1737 void WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
1738                                                      llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1739                                             CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
1740   TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(D, GV, CGM);
1741 
1742   addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(D, GV, CGM);
1743 }
1744 }
1745 
1746 void X86_64ABIInfo::postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo,
1747                               Class &Hi) const {
1748   // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 5. Then a post merger cleanup is done:
1749   //
1750   // (a) If one of the classes is Memory, the whole argument is passed in
1751   //     memory.
1752   //
1753   // (b) If X87UP is not preceded by X87, the whole argument is passed in
1754   //     memory.
1755   //
1756   // (c) If the size of the aggregate exceeds two eightbytes and the first
1757   //     eightbyte isn't SSE or any other eightbyte isn't SSEUP, the whole
1758   //     argument is passed in memory. NOTE: This is necessary to keep the
1759   //     ABI working for processors that don't support the __m256 type.
1760   //
1761   // (d) If SSEUP is not preceded by SSE or SSEUP, it is converted to SSE.
1762   //
1763   // Some of these are enforced by the merging logic.  Others can arise
1764   // only with unions; for example:
1765   //   union { _Complex double; unsigned; }
1766   //
1767   // Note that clauses (b) and (c) were added in 0.98.
1768   //
1769   if (Hi == Memory)
1770     Lo = Memory;
1771   if (Hi == X87Up && Lo != X87 && honorsRevision0_98())
1772     Lo = Memory;
1773   if (AggregateSize > 128 && (Lo != SSE || Hi != SSEUp))
1774     Lo = Memory;
1775   if (Hi == SSEUp && Lo != SSE)
1776     Hi = SSE;
1777 }
1778 
1779 X86_64ABIInfo::Class X86_64ABIInfo::merge(Class Accum, Class Field) {
1780   // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 4. Each field of an object is
1781   // classified recursively so that always two fields are
1782   // considered. The resulting class is calculated according to
1783   // the classes of the fields in the eightbyte:
1784   //
1785   // (a) If both classes are equal, this is the resulting class.
1786   //
1787   // (b) If one of the classes is NO_CLASS, the resulting class is
1788   // the other class.
1789   //
1790   // (c) If one of the classes is MEMORY, the result is the MEMORY
1791   // class.
1792   //
1793   // (d) If one of the classes is INTEGER, the result is the
1794   // INTEGER.
1795   //
1796   // (e) If one of the classes is X87, X87UP, COMPLEX_X87 class,
1797   // MEMORY is used as class.
1798   //
1799   // (f) Otherwise class SSE is used.
1800 
1801   // Accum should never be memory (we should have returned) or
1802   // ComplexX87 (because this cannot be passed in a structure).
1803   assert((Accum != Memory && Accum != ComplexX87) &&
1804          "Invalid accumulated classification during merge.");
1805   if (Accum == Field || Field == NoClass)
1806     return Accum;
1807   if (Field == Memory)
1808     return Memory;
1809   if (Accum == NoClass)
1810     return Field;
1811   if (Accum == Integer || Field == Integer)
1812     return Integer;
1813   if (Field == X87 || Field == X87Up || Field == ComplexX87 ||
1814       Accum == X87 || Accum == X87Up)
1815     return Memory;
1816   return SSE;
1817 }
1818 
1819 void X86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, uint64_t OffsetBase,
1820                              Class &Lo, Class &Hi, bool isNamedArg) const {
1821   // FIXME: This code can be simplified by introducing a simple value class for
1822   // Class pairs with appropriate constructor methods for the various
1823   // situations.
1824 
1825   // FIXME: Some of the split computations are wrong; unaligned vectors
1826   // shouldn't be passed in registers for example, so there is no chance they
1827   // can straddle an eightbyte. Verify & simplify.
1828 
1829   Lo = Hi = NoClass;
1830 
1831   Class &Current = OffsetBase < 64 ? Lo : Hi;
1832   Current = Memory;
1833 
1834   if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
1835     BuiltinType::Kind k = BT->getKind();
1836 
1837     if (k == BuiltinType::Void) {
1838       Current = NoClass;
1839     } else if (k == BuiltinType::Int128 || k == BuiltinType::UInt128) {
1840       Lo = Integer;
1841       Hi = Integer;
1842     } else if (k >= BuiltinType::Bool && k <= BuiltinType::LongLong) {
1843       Current = Integer;
1844     } else if ((k == BuiltinType::Float || k == BuiltinType::Double) ||
1845                (k == BuiltinType::LongDouble &&
1846                 getTarget().getTriple().isOSNaCl())) {
1847       Current = SSE;
1848     } else if (k == BuiltinType::LongDouble) {
1849       Lo = X87;
1850       Hi = X87Up;
1851     }
1852     // FIXME: _Decimal32 and _Decimal64 are SSE.
1853     // FIXME: _float128 and _Decimal128 are (SSE, SSEUp).
1854     return;
1855   }
1856 
1857   if (const EnumType *ET = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
1858     // Classify the underlying integer type.
1859     classify(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(), OffsetBase, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg);
1860     return;
1861   }
1862 
1863   if (Ty->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
1864     Current = Integer;
1865     return;
1866   }
1867 
1868   if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
1869     if (Ty->isMemberFunctionPointerType()) {
1870       if (Has64BitPointers) {
1871         // If Has64BitPointers, this is an {i64, i64}, so classify both
1872         // Lo and Hi now.
1873         Lo = Hi = Integer;
1874       } else {
1875         // Otherwise, with 32-bit pointers, this is an {i32, i32}. If that
1876         // straddles an eightbyte boundary, Hi should be classified as well.
1877         uint64_t EB_FuncPtr = (OffsetBase) / 64;
1878         uint64_t EB_ThisAdj = (OffsetBase + 64 - 1) / 64;
1879         if (EB_FuncPtr != EB_ThisAdj) {
1880           Lo = Hi = Integer;
1881         } else {
1882           Current = Integer;
1883         }
1884       }
1885     } else {
1886       Current = Integer;
1887     }
1888     return;
1889   }
1890 
1891   if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
1892     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
1893     if (Size == 32) {
1894       // gcc passes all <4 x char>, <2 x short>, <1 x int>, <1 x
1895       // float> as integer.
1896       Current = Integer;
1897 
1898       // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be
1899       // split.
1900       uint64_t EB_Real = (OffsetBase) / 64;
1901       uint64_t EB_Imag = (OffsetBase + Size - 1) / 64;
1902       if (EB_Real != EB_Imag)
1903         Hi = Lo;
1904     } else if (Size == 64) {
1905       // gcc passes <1 x double> in memory. :(
1906       if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double))
1907         return;
1908 
1909       // gcc passes <1 x long long> as INTEGER.
1910       if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) ||
1911           VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong) ||
1912           VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Long) ||
1913           VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULong))
1914         Current = Integer;
1915       else
1916         Current = SSE;
1917 
1918       // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be
1919       // split.
1920       if (OffsetBase && OffsetBase != 64)
1921         Hi = Lo;
1922     } else if (Size == 128 || (HasAVX && isNamedArg && Size == 256)) {
1923       // Arguments of 256-bits are split into four eightbyte chunks. The
1924       // least significant one belongs to class SSE and all the others to class
1925       // SSEUP. The original Lo and Hi design considers that types can't be
1926       // greater than 128-bits, so a 64-bit split in Hi and Lo makes sense.
1927       // This design isn't correct for 256-bits, but since there're no cases
1928       // where the upper parts would need to be inspected, avoid adding
1929       // complexity and just consider Hi to match the 64-256 part.
1930       //
1931       // Note that per 3.5.7 of AMD64-ABI, 256-bit args are only passed in
1932       // registers if they are "named", i.e. not part of the "..." of a
1933       // variadic function.
1934       Lo = SSE;
1935       Hi = SSEUp;
1936     }
1937     return;
1938   }
1939 
1940   if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
1941     QualType ET = getContext().getCanonicalType(CT->getElementType());
1942 
1943     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
1944     if (ET->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
1945       if (Size <= 64)
1946         Current = Integer;
1947       else if (Size <= 128)
1948         Lo = Hi = Integer;
1949     } else if (ET == getContext().FloatTy)
1950       Current = SSE;
1951     else if (ET == getContext().DoubleTy ||
1952              (ET == getContext().LongDoubleTy &&
1953               getTarget().getTriple().isOSNaCl()))
1954       Lo = Hi = SSE;
1955     else if (ET == getContext().LongDoubleTy)
1956       Current = ComplexX87;
1957 
1958     // If this complex type crosses an eightbyte boundary then it
1959     // should be split.
1960     uint64_t EB_Real = (OffsetBase) / 64;
1961     uint64_t EB_Imag = (OffsetBase + getContext().getTypeSize(ET)) / 64;
1962     if (Hi == NoClass && EB_Real != EB_Imag)
1963       Hi = Lo;
1964 
1965     return;
1966   }
1967 
1968   if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
1969     // Arrays are treated like structures.
1970 
1971     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
1972 
1973     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger
1974     // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY.
1975     if (Size > 256)
1976       return;
1977 
1978     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If ..., or it contains unaligned
1979     // fields, it has class MEMORY.
1980     //
1981     // Only need to check alignment of array base.
1982     if (OffsetBase % getContext().getTypeAlign(AT->getElementType()))
1983       return;
1984 
1985     // Otherwise implement simplified merge. We could be smarter about
1986     // this, but it isn't worth it and would be harder to verify.
1987     Current = NoClass;
1988     uint64_t EltSize = getContext().getTypeSize(AT->getElementType());
1989     uint64_t ArraySize = AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
1990 
1991     // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the array
1992     // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended
1993     // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory.
1994     if (Size > 128 && EltSize != 256)
1995       return;
1996 
1997     for (uint64_t i=0, Offset=OffsetBase; i<ArraySize; ++i, Offset += EltSize) {
1998       Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
1999       classify(AT->getElementType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
2000       Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
2001       Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
2002       if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory)
2003         break;
2004     }
2005 
2006     postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi);
2007     assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp array classification.");
2008     return;
2009   }
2010 
2011   if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
2012     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
2013 
2014     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger
2015     // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY.
2016     if (Size > 256)
2017       return;
2018 
2019     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 2. If a C++ object has either a non-trivial
2020     // copy constructor or a non-trivial destructor, it is passed by invisible
2021     // reference.
2022     if (getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI()))
2023       return;
2024 
2025     const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
2026 
2027     // Assume variable sized types are passed in memory.
2028     if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
2029       return;
2030 
2031     const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
2032 
2033     // Reset Lo class, this will be recomputed.
2034     Current = NoClass;
2035 
2036     // If this is a C++ record, classify the bases first.
2037     if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
2038       for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
2039         assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() &&
2040                "Unexpected base class!");
2041         const CXXRecordDecl *Base =
2042           cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
2043 
2044         // Classify this field.
2045         //
2046         // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate exceeds a
2047         // single eightbyte, each is classified separately. Each eightbyte gets
2048         // initialized to class NO_CLASS.
2049         Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
2050         uint64_t Offset =
2051           OffsetBase + getContext().toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base));
2052         classify(I.getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
2053         Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
2054         Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
2055         if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory)
2056           break;
2057       }
2058     }
2059 
2060     // Classify the fields one at a time, merging the results.
2061     unsigned idx = 0;
2062     for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
2063            i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
2064       uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
2065       bool BitField = i->isBitField();
2066 
2067       // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger than
2068       // four eightbytes, or it contains unaligned fields, it has class MEMORY.
2069       //
2070       // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the struct
2071       // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended
2072       // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory.
2073       //
2074       if (Size > 128 && getContext().getTypeSize(i->getType()) != 256) {
2075         Lo = Memory;
2076         return;
2077       }
2078       // Note, skip this test for bit-fields, see below.
2079       if (!BitField && Offset % getContext().getTypeAlign(i->getType())) {
2080         Lo = Memory;
2081         return;
2082       }
2083 
2084       // Classify this field.
2085       //
2086       // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate
2087       // exceeds a single eightbyte, each is classified
2088       // separately. Each eightbyte gets initialized to class
2089       // NO_CLASS.
2090       Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
2091 
2092       // Bit-fields require special handling, they do not force the
2093       // structure to be passed in memory even if unaligned, and
2094       // therefore they can straddle an eightbyte.
2095       if (BitField) {
2096         // Ignore padding bit-fields.
2097         if (i->isUnnamedBitfield())
2098           continue;
2099 
2100         uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
2101         uint64_t Size = i->getBitWidthValue(getContext());
2102 
2103         uint64_t EB_Lo = Offset / 64;
2104         uint64_t EB_Hi = (Offset + Size - 1) / 64;
2105 
2106         if (EB_Lo) {
2107           assert(EB_Hi == EB_Lo && "Invalid classification, type > 16 bytes.");
2108           FieldLo = NoClass;
2109           FieldHi = Integer;
2110         } else {
2111           FieldLo = Integer;
2112           FieldHi = EB_Hi ? Integer : NoClass;
2113         }
2114       } else
2115         classify(i->getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
2116       Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
2117       Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
2118       if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory)
2119         break;
2120     }
2121 
2122     postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi);
2123   }
2124 }
2125 
2126 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const {
2127   // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right
2128   // place naturally.
2129   if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
2130     // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2131     if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
2132       Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
2133 
2134     return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
2135             ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
2136   }
2137 
2138   return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
2139 }
2140 
2141 bool X86_64ABIInfo::IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
2142   if (const VectorType *VecTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
2143     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VecTy);
2144     unsigned LargestVector = HasAVX ? 256 : 128;
2145     if (Size <= 64 || Size > LargestVector)
2146       return true;
2147   }
2148 
2149   return false;
2150 }
2151 
2152 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty,
2153                                             unsigned freeIntRegs) const {
2154   // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right
2155   // place naturally.
2156   //
2157   // This assumption is optimistic, as there could be free registers available
2158   // when we need to pass this argument in memory, and LLVM could try to pass
2159   // the argument in the free register. This does not seem to happen currently,
2160   // but this code would be much safer if we could mark the argument with
2161   // 'onstack'. See PR12193.
2162   if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !IsIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
2163     // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2164     if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
2165       Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
2166 
2167     return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
2168             ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
2169   }
2170 
2171   if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
2172     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
2173 
2174   // Compute the byval alignment. We specify the alignment of the byval in all
2175   // cases so that the mid-level optimizer knows the alignment of the byval.
2176   unsigned Align = std::max(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8, 8U);
2177 
2178   // Attempt to avoid passing indirect results using byval when possible. This
2179   // is important for good codegen.
2180   //
2181   // We do this by coercing the value into a scalar type which the backend can
2182   // handle naturally (i.e., without using byval).
2183   //
2184   // For simplicity, we currently only do this when we have exhausted all of the
2185   // free integer registers. Doing this when there are free integer registers
2186   // would require more care, as we would have to ensure that the coerced value
2187   // did not claim the unused register. That would require either reording the
2188   // arguments to the function (so that any subsequent inreg values came first),
2189   // or only doing this optimization when there were no following arguments that
2190   // might be inreg.
2191   //
2192   // We currently expect it to be rare (particularly in well written code) for
2193   // arguments to be passed on the stack when there are still free integer
2194   // registers available (this would typically imply large structs being passed
2195   // by value), so this seems like a fair tradeoff for now.
2196   //
2197   // We can revisit this if the backend grows support for 'onstack' parameter
2198   // attributes. See PR12193.
2199   if (freeIntRegs == 0) {
2200     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
2201 
2202     // If this type fits in an eightbyte, coerce it into the matching integral
2203     // type, which will end up on the stack (with alignment 8).
2204     if (Align == 8 && Size <= 64)
2205       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
2206                                                           Size));
2207   }
2208 
2209   return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(Align);
2210 }
2211 
2212 /// The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in a full vector XMM/YMM
2213 /// register. Pick an LLVM IR type that will be passed as a vector register.
2214 llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
2215   // Wrapper structs/arrays that only contain vectors are passed just like
2216   // vectors; strip them off if present.
2217   if (const Type *InnerTy = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext()))
2218     Ty = QualType(InnerTy, 0);
2219 
2220   llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
2221   assert(isa<llvm::VectorType>(IRType) &&
2222          "Trying to return a non-vector type in a vector register!");
2223   return IRType;
2224 }
2225 
2226 /// BitsContainNoUserData - Return true if the specified [start,end) bit range
2227 /// is known to either be off the end of the specified type or being in
2228 /// alignment padding.  The user type specified is known to be at most 128 bits
2229 /// in size, and have passed through X86_64ABIInfo::classify with a successful
2230 /// classification that put one of the two halves in the INTEGER class.
2231 ///
2232 /// It is conservatively correct to return false.
2233 static bool BitsContainNoUserData(QualType Ty, unsigned StartBit,
2234                                   unsigned EndBit, ASTContext &Context) {
2235   // If the bytes being queried are off the end of the type, there is no user
2236   // data hiding here.  This handles analysis of builtins, vectors and other
2237   // types that don't contain interesting padding.
2238   unsigned TySize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
2239   if (TySize <= StartBit)
2240     return true;
2241 
2242   if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
2243     unsigned EltSize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(AT->getElementType());
2244     unsigned NumElts = (unsigned)AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
2245 
2246     // Check each element to see if the element overlaps with the queried range.
2247     for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i) {
2248       // If the element is after the span we care about, then we're done..
2249       unsigned EltOffset = i*EltSize;
2250       if (EltOffset >= EndBit) break;
2251 
2252       unsigned EltStart = EltOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-EltOffset :0;
2253       if (!BitsContainNoUserData(AT->getElementType(), EltStart,
2254                                  EndBit-EltOffset, Context))
2255         return false;
2256     }
2257     // If it overlaps no elements, then it is safe to process as padding.
2258     return true;
2259   }
2260 
2261   if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
2262     const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
2263     const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
2264 
2265     // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
2266     if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
2267       for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
2268         assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() &&
2269                "Unexpected base class!");
2270         const CXXRecordDecl *Base =
2271           cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
2272 
2273         // If the base is after the span we care about, ignore it.
2274         unsigned BaseOffset = Context.toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base));
2275         if (BaseOffset >= EndBit) continue;
2276 
2277         unsigned BaseStart = BaseOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-BaseOffset :0;
2278         if (!BitsContainNoUserData(I.getType(), BaseStart,
2279                                    EndBit-BaseOffset, Context))
2280           return false;
2281       }
2282     }
2283 
2284     // Verify that no field has data that overlaps the region of interest.  Yes
2285     // this could be sped up a lot by being smarter about queried fields,
2286     // however we're only looking at structs up to 16 bytes, so we don't care
2287     // much.
2288     unsigned idx = 0;
2289     for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
2290          i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
2291       unsigned FieldOffset = (unsigned)Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
2292 
2293       // If we found a field after the region we care about, then we're done.
2294       if (FieldOffset >= EndBit) break;
2295 
2296       unsigned FieldStart = FieldOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-FieldOffset :0;
2297       if (!BitsContainNoUserData(i->getType(), FieldStart, EndBit-FieldOffset,
2298                                  Context))
2299         return false;
2300     }
2301 
2302     // If nothing in this record overlapped the area of interest, then we're
2303     // clean.
2304     return true;
2305   }
2306 
2307   return false;
2308 }
2309 
2310 /// ContainsFloatAtOffset - Return true if the specified LLVM IR type has a
2311 /// float member at the specified offset.  For example, {int,{float}} has a
2312 /// float at offset 4.  It is conservatively correct for this routine to return
2313 /// false.
2314 static bool ContainsFloatAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
2315                                   const llvm::DataLayout &TD) {
2316   // Base case if we find a float.
2317   if (IROffset == 0 && IRType->isFloatTy())
2318     return true;
2319 
2320   // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
2321   if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) {
2322     const llvm::StructLayout *SL = TD.getStructLayout(STy);
2323     unsigned Elt = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset);
2324     IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(Elt);
2325     return ContainsFloatAtOffset(STy->getElementType(Elt), IROffset, TD);
2326   }
2327 
2328   // If this is an array, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
2329   if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) {
2330     llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType();
2331     unsigned EltSize = TD.getTypeAllocSize(EltTy);
2332     IROffset -= IROffset/EltSize*EltSize;
2333     return ContainsFloatAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset, TD);
2334   }
2335 
2336   return false;
2337 }
2338 
2339 
2340 /// GetSSETypeAtOffset - Return a type that will be passed by the backend in the
2341 /// low 8 bytes of an XMM register, corresponding to the SSE class.
2342 llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::
2343 GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
2344                    QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const {
2345   // The only three choices we have are either double, <2 x float>, or float. We
2346   // pass as float if the last 4 bytes is just padding.  This happens for
2347   // structs that contain 3 floats.
2348   if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+32,
2349                             SourceOffset*8+64, getContext()))
2350     return llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext());
2351 
2352   // We want to pass as <2 x float> if the LLVM IR type contains a float at
2353   // offset+0 and offset+4.  Walk the LLVM IR type to find out if this is the
2354   // case.
2355   if (ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset, getDataLayout()) &&
2356       ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset+4, getDataLayout()))
2357     return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()), 2);
2358 
2359   return llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext());
2360 }
2361 
2362 
2363 /// GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset - The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in
2364 /// an 8-byte GPR.  This means that we either have a scalar or we are talking
2365 /// about the high or low part of an up-to-16-byte struct.  This routine picks
2366 /// the best LLVM IR type to represent this, which may be i64 or may be anything
2367 /// else that the backend will pass in a GPR that works better (e.g. i8, %foo*,
2368 /// etc).
2369 ///
2370 /// PrefType is an LLVM IR type that corresponds to (part of) the IR type for
2371 /// the source type.  IROffset is an offset in bytes into the LLVM IR type that
2372 /// the 8-byte value references.  PrefType may be null.
2373 ///
2374 /// SourceTy is the source-level type for the entire argument.  SourceOffset is
2375 /// an offset into this that we're processing (which is always either 0 or 8).
2376 ///
2377 llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::
2378 GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
2379                        QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const {
2380   // If we're dealing with an un-offset LLVM IR type, then it means that we're
2381   // returning an 8-byte unit starting with it.  See if we can safely use it.
2382   if (IROffset == 0) {
2383     // Pointers and int64's always fill the 8-byte unit.
2384     if ((isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && Has64BitPointers) ||
2385         IRType->isIntegerTy(64))
2386       return IRType;
2387 
2388     // If we have a 1/2/4-byte integer, we can use it only if the rest of the
2389     // goodness in the source type is just tail padding.  This is allowed to
2390     // kick in for struct {double,int} on the int, but not on
2391     // struct{double,int,int} because we wouldn't return the second int.  We
2392     // have to do this analysis on the source type because we can't depend on
2393     // unions being lowered a specific way etc.
2394     if (IRType->isIntegerTy(8) || IRType->isIntegerTy(16) ||
2395         IRType->isIntegerTy(32) ||
2396         (isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && !Has64BitPointers)) {
2397       unsigned BitWidth = isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) ? 32 :
2398           cast<llvm::IntegerType>(IRType)->getBitWidth();
2399 
2400       if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+BitWidth,
2401                                 SourceOffset*8+64, getContext()))
2402         return IRType;
2403     }
2404   }
2405 
2406   if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) {
2407     // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
2408     const llvm::StructLayout *SL = getDataLayout().getStructLayout(STy);
2409     if (IROffset < SL->getSizeInBytes()) {
2410       unsigned FieldIdx = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset);
2411       IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(FieldIdx);
2412 
2413       return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(STy->getElementType(FieldIdx), IROffset,
2414                                     SourceTy, SourceOffset);
2415     }
2416   }
2417 
2418   if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) {
2419     llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType();
2420     unsigned EltSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(EltTy);
2421     unsigned EltOffset = IROffset/EltSize*EltSize;
2422     return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset-EltOffset, SourceTy,
2423                                   SourceOffset);
2424   }
2425 
2426   // Okay, we don't have any better idea of what to pass, so we pass this in an
2427   // integer register that isn't too big to fit the rest of the struct.
2428   unsigned TySizeInBytes =
2429     (unsigned)getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(SourceTy).getQuantity();
2430 
2431   assert(TySizeInBytes != SourceOffset && "Empty field?");
2432 
2433   // It is always safe to classify this as an integer type up to i64 that
2434   // isn't larger than the structure.
2435   return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
2436                                 std::min(TySizeInBytes-SourceOffset, 8U)*8);
2437 }
2438 
2439 
2440 /// GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair - Given a high and low type that can ideally
2441 /// be used as elements of a two register pair to pass or return, return a
2442 /// first class aggregate to represent them.  For example, if the low part of
2443 /// a by-value argument should be passed as i32* and the high part as float,
2444 /// return {i32*, float}.
2445 static llvm::Type *
2446 GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(llvm::Type *Lo, llvm::Type *Hi,
2447                            const llvm::DataLayout &TD) {
2448   // In order to correctly satisfy the ABI, we need to the high part to start
2449   // at offset 8.  If the high and low parts we inferred are both 4-byte types
2450   // (e.g. i32 and i32) then the resultant struct type ({i32,i32}) won't have
2451   // the second element at offset 8.  Check for this:
2452   unsigned LoSize = (unsigned)TD.getTypeAllocSize(Lo);
2453   unsigned HiAlign = TD.getABITypeAlignment(Hi);
2454   unsigned HiStart = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(LoSize, HiAlign);
2455   assert(HiStart != 0 && HiStart <= 8 && "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!");
2456 
2457   // To handle this, we have to increase the size of the low part so that the
2458   // second element will start at an 8 byte offset.  We can't increase the size
2459   // of the second element because it might make us access off the end of the
2460   // struct.
2461   if (HiStart != 8) {
2462     // There are only two sorts of types the ABI generation code can produce for
2463     // the low part of a pair that aren't 8 bytes in size: float or i8/i16/i32.
2464     // Promote these to a larger type.
2465     if (Lo->isFloatTy())
2466       Lo = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(Lo->getContext());
2467     else {
2468       assert(Lo->isIntegerTy() && "Invalid/unknown lo type");
2469       Lo = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Lo->getContext());
2470     }
2471   }
2472 
2473   llvm::StructType *Result = llvm::StructType::get(Lo, Hi, nullptr);
2474 
2475 
2476   // Verify that the second element is at an 8-byte offset.
2477   assert(TD.getStructLayout(Result)->getElementOffset(1) == 8 &&
2478          "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!");
2479   return Result;
2480 }
2481 
2482 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::
2483 classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
2484   // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 1. Classify the return type with the
2485   // classification algorithm.
2486   X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi;
2487   classify(RetTy, 0, Lo, Hi, /*isNamedArg*/ true);
2488 
2489   // Check some invariants.
2490   assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification.");
2491   assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification.");
2492 
2493   llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr;
2494   switch (Lo) {
2495   case NoClass:
2496     if (Hi == NoClass)
2497       return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
2498     // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType
2499     // null.
2500     assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) &&
2501            "Unknown missing lo part");
2502     break;
2503 
2504   case SSEUp:
2505   case X87Up:
2506     llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word.");
2507 
2508     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 2. Types of class memory are returned via
2509     // hidden argument.
2510   case Memory:
2511     return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy);
2512 
2513     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 3. If the class is INTEGER, the next
2514     // available register of the sequence %rax, %rdx is used.
2515   case Integer:
2516     ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0);
2517 
2518     // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend
2519     // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes.
2520     if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) {
2521       // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2522       if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
2523         RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
2524 
2525       if (RetTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
2526           RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
2527         return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
2528     }
2529     break;
2530 
2531     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 4. If the class is SSE, the next
2532     // available SSE register of the sequence %xmm0, %xmm1 is used.
2533   case SSE:
2534     ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0);
2535     break;
2536 
2537     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 6. If the class is X87, the value is
2538     // returned on the X87 stack in %st0 as 80-bit x87 number.
2539   case X87:
2540     ResType = llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext());
2541     break;
2542 
2543     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 8. If the class is COMPLEX_X87, the real
2544     // part of the value is returned in %st0 and the imaginary part in
2545     // %st1.
2546   case ComplexX87:
2547     assert(Hi == ComplexX87 && "Unexpected ComplexX87 classification.");
2548     ResType = llvm::StructType::get(llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()),
2549                                     llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()),
2550                                     nullptr);
2551     break;
2552   }
2553 
2554   llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr;
2555   switch (Hi) {
2556     // Memory was handled previously and X87 should
2557     // never occur as a hi class.
2558   case Memory:
2559   case X87:
2560     llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word.");
2561 
2562   case ComplexX87: // Previously handled.
2563   case NoClass:
2564     break;
2565 
2566   case Integer:
2567     HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
2568     if (Lo == NoClass)  // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2569       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
2570     break;
2571   case SSE:
2572     HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
2573     if (Lo == NoClass)  // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2574       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
2575     break;
2576 
2577     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 5. If the class is SSEUP, the eightbyte
2578     // is passed in the next available eightbyte chunk if the last used
2579     // vector register.
2580     //
2581     // SSEUP should always be preceded by SSE, just widen.
2582   case SSEUp:
2583     assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification.");
2584     ResType = GetByteVectorType(RetTy);
2585     break;
2586 
2587     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 7. If the class is X87UP, the value is
2588     // returned together with the previous X87 value in %st0.
2589   case X87Up:
2590     // If X87Up is preceded by X87, we don't need to do
2591     // anything. However, in some cases with unions it may not be
2592     // preceded by X87. In such situations we follow gcc and pass the
2593     // extra bits in an SSE reg.
2594     if (Lo != X87) {
2595       HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
2596       if (Lo == NoClass)  // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2597         return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
2598     }
2599     break;
2600   }
2601 
2602   // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part.  It is
2603   // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result.  We do this by forming a
2604   // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high}
2605   if (HighPart)
2606     ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout());
2607 
2608   return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
2609 }
2610 
2611 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(
2612   QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs, unsigned &neededInt, unsigned &neededSSE,
2613   bool isNamedArg)
2614   const
2615 {
2616   Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
2617 
2618   X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi;
2619   classify(Ty, 0, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg);
2620 
2621   // Check some invariants.
2622   // FIXME: Enforce these by construction.
2623   assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification.");
2624   assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification.");
2625 
2626   neededInt = 0;
2627   neededSSE = 0;
2628   llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr;
2629   switch (Lo) {
2630   case NoClass:
2631     if (Hi == NoClass)
2632       return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
2633     // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType
2634     // null.
2635     assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) &&
2636            "Unknown missing lo part");
2637     break;
2638 
2639     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 1. If the class is MEMORY, pass the argument
2640     // on the stack.
2641   case Memory:
2642 
2643     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 5. If the class is X87, X87UP or
2644     // COMPLEX_X87, it is passed in memory.
2645   case X87:
2646   case ComplexX87:
2647     if (getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()) == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect)
2648       ++neededInt;
2649     return getIndirectResult(Ty, freeIntRegs);
2650 
2651   case SSEUp:
2652   case X87Up:
2653     llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word.");
2654 
2655     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 2. If the class is INTEGER, the next
2656     // available register of the sequence %rdi, %rsi, %rdx, %rcx, %r8
2657     // and %r9 is used.
2658   case Integer:
2659     ++neededInt;
2660 
2661     // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type.
2662     ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 0, Ty, 0);
2663 
2664     // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend
2665     // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes.
2666     if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) {
2667       // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2668       if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
2669         Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
2670 
2671       if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
2672           Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
2673         return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
2674     }
2675 
2676     break;
2677 
2678     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 3. If the class is SSE, the next
2679     // available SSE register is used, the registers are taken in the
2680     // order from %xmm0 to %xmm7.
2681   case SSE: {
2682     llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
2683     ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(IRType, 0, Ty, 0);
2684     ++neededSSE;
2685     break;
2686   }
2687   }
2688 
2689   llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr;
2690   switch (Hi) {
2691     // Memory was handled previously, ComplexX87 and X87 should
2692     // never occur as hi classes, and X87Up must be preceded by X87,
2693     // which is passed in memory.
2694   case Memory:
2695   case X87:
2696   case ComplexX87:
2697     llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word.");
2698 
2699   case NoClass: break;
2700 
2701   case Integer:
2702     ++neededInt;
2703     // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type.
2704     HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8);
2705 
2706     if (Lo == NoClass)  // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2707       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
2708     break;
2709 
2710     // X87Up generally doesn't occur here (long double is passed in
2711     // memory), except in situations involving unions.
2712   case X87Up:
2713   case SSE:
2714     HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8);
2715 
2716     if (Lo == NoClass)  // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2717       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
2718 
2719     ++neededSSE;
2720     break;
2721 
2722     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 4. If the class is SSEUP, the
2723     // eightbyte is passed in the upper half of the last used SSE
2724     // register.  This only happens when 128-bit vectors are passed.
2725   case SSEUp:
2726     assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification");
2727     ResType = GetByteVectorType(Ty);
2728     break;
2729   }
2730 
2731   // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part.  It is
2732   // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result.  We do this by forming a
2733   // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high}
2734   if (HighPart)
2735     ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout());
2736 
2737   return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
2738 }
2739 
2740 void X86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
2741 
2742   if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
2743     FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
2744 
2745   // Keep track of the number of assigned registers.
2746   unsigned freeIntRegs = 6, freeSSERegs = 8;
2747 
2748   // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one
2749   // integer register.
2750   if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect())
2751     --freeIntRegs;
2752 
2753   // The chain argument effectively gives us another free register.
2754   if (FI.isChainCall())
2755     ++freeIntRegs;
2756 
2757   unsigned NumRequiredArgs = FI.getNumRequiredArgs();
2758   // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Once arguments are classified, the registers
2759   // get assigned (in left-to-right order) for passing as follows...
2760   unsigned ArgNo = 0;
2761   for (CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator it = FI.arg_begin(), ie = FI.arg_end();
2762        it != ie; ++it, ++ArgNo) {
2763     bool IsNamedArg = ArgNo < NumRequiredArgs;
2764 
2765     unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
2766     it->info = classifyArgumentType(it->type, freeIntRegs, neededInt,
2767                                     neededSSE, IsNamedArg);
2768 
2769     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: If there are no registers available for any
2770     // eightbyte of an argument, the whole argument is passed on the
2771     // stack. If registers have already been assigned for some
2772     // eightbytes of such an argument, the assignments get reverted.
2773     if (freeIntRegs >= neededInt && freeSSERegs >= neededSSE) {
2774       freeIntRegs -= neededInt;
2775       freeSSERegs -= neededSSE;
2776     } else {
2777       it->info = getIndirectResult(it->type, freeIntRegs);
2778     }
2779   }
2780 }
2781 
2782 static llvm::Value *EmitVAArgFromMemory(llvm::Value *VAListAddr,
2783                                         QualType Ty,
2784                                         CodeGenFunction &CGF) {
2785   llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(
2786       nullptr, VAListAddr, 2, "overflow_arg_area_p");
2787   llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area =
2788     CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(overflow_arg_area_p, "overflow_arg_area");
2789 
2790   // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 7. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to a 16
2791   // byte boundary if alignment needed by type exceeds 8 byte boundary.
2792   // It isn't stated explicitly in the standard, but in practice we use
2793   // alignment greater than 16 where necessary.
2794   uint64_t Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
2795   if (Align > 8) {
2796     // overflow_arg_area = (overflow_arg_area + align - 1) & -align;
2797     llvm::Value *Offset =
2798       llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1);
2799     overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset);
2800     llvm::Value *AsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(overflow_arg_area,
2801                                                     CGF.Int64Ty);
2802     llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -(uint64_t)Align);
2803     overflow_arg_area =
2804       CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask),
2805                                  overflow_arg_area->getType(),
2806                                  "overflow_arg_area.align");
2807   }
2808 
2809   // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 8. Fetch type from l->overflow_arg_area.
2810   llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty);
2811   llvm::Value *Res =
2812     CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(overflow_arg_area,
2813                               llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
2814 
2815   // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 9. Set l->overflow_arg_area to:
2816   // l->overflow_arg_area + sizeof(type).
2817   // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 10. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to
2818   // an 8 byte boundary.
2819 
2820   uint64_t SizeInBytes = (CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 7) / 8;
2821   llvm::Value *Offset =
2822       llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, (SizeInBytes + 7)  & ~7);
2823   overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset,
2824                                             "overflow_arg_area.next");
2825   CGF.Builder.CreateStore(overflow_arg_area, overflow_arg_area_p);
2826 
2827   // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 11. Return the fetched type.
2828   return Res;
2829 }
2830 
2831 llvm::Value *X86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
2832                                       CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
2833   // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type:
2834   // struct {
2835   //   i32 gp_offset;
2836   //   i32 fp_offset;
2837   //   i8* overflow_arg_area;
2838   //   i8* reg_save_area;
2839   // };
2840   unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
2841 
2842   Ty = CGF.getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty);
2843   ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty, 0, neededInt, neededSSE,
2844                                        /*isNamedArg*/false);
2845 
2846   // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 1. Determine whether type may be passed
2847   // in the registers. If not go to step 7.
2848   if (!neededInt && !neededSSE)
2849     return EmitVAArgFromMemory(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
2850 
2851   // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 2. Compute num_gp to hold the number of
2852   // general purpose registers needed to pass type and num_fp to hold
2853   // the number of floating point registers needed.
2854 
2855   // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 3. Verify whether arguments fit into
2856   // registers. In the case: l->gp_offset > 48 - num_gp * 8 or
2857   // l->fp_offset > 304 - num_fp * 16 go to step 7.
2858   //
2859   // NOTE: 304 is a typo, there are (6 * 8 + 8 * 16) = 176 bytes of
2860   // register save space).
2861 
2862   llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr;
2863   llvm::Value *gp_offset_p = nullptr, *gp_offset = nullptr;
2864   llvm::Value *fp_offset_p = nullptr, *fp_offset = nullptr;
2865   if (neededInt) {
2866     gp_offset_p =
2867         CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(nullptr, VAListAddr, 0, "gp_offset_p");
2868     gp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(gp_offset_p, "gp_offset");
2869     InRegs = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 48 - neededInt * 8);
2870     InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(gp_offset, InRegs, "fits_in_gp");
2871   }
2872 
2873   if (neededSSE) {
2874     fp_offset_p =
2875         CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(nullptr, VAListAddr, 1, "fp_offset_p");
2876     fp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(fp_offset_p, "fp_offset");
2877     llvm::Value *FitsInFP =
2878       llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 176 - neededSSE * 16);
2879     FitsInFP = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(fp_offset, FitsInFP, "fits_in_fp");
2880     InRegs = InRegs ? CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(InRegs, FitsInFP) : FitsInFP;
2881   }
2882 
2883   llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
2884   llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem");
2885   llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
2886   CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock);
2887 
2888   // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers.
2889 
2890   CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
2891 
2892   // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 4. Fetch type from l->reg_save_area with
2893   // an offset of l->gp_offset and/or l->fp_offset. This may require
2894   // copying to a temporary location in case the parameter is passed
2895   // in different register classes or requires an alignment greater
2896   // than 8 for general purpose registers and 16 for XMM registers.
2897   //
2898   // FIXME: This really results in shameful code when we end up needing to
2899   // collect arguments from different places; often what should result in a
2900   // simple assembling of a structure from scattered addresses has many more
2901   // loads than necessary. Can we clean this up?
2902   llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty);
2903   llvm::Value *RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(
2904       CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(nullptr, VAListAddr, 3), "reg_save_area");
2905   if (neededInt && neededSSE) {
2906     // FIXME: Cleanup.
2907     assert(AI.isDirect() && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
2908     llvm::StructType *ST = cast<llvm::StructType>(AI.getCoerceToType());
2909     llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
2910     Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, ST->getPointerTo());
2911     assert(ST->getNumElements() == 2 && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
2912     llvm::Type *TyLo = ST->getElementType(0);
2913     llvm::Type *TyHi = ST->getElementType(1);
2914     assert((TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ^ TyHi->isFPOrFPVectorTy()) &&
2915            "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
2916     llvm::Type *PTyLo = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyLo);
2917     llvm::Type *PTyHi = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyHi);
2918     llvm::Value *GPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, gp_offset);
2919     llvm::Value *FPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset);
2920     llvm::Value *RegLoAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? FPAddr : GPAddr;
2921     llvm::Value *RegHiAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? GPAddr : FPAddr;
2922     llvm::Value *V =
2923       CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegLoAddr, PTyLo));
2924     CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(ST, Tmp, 0));
2925     V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegHiAddr, PTyHi));
2926     CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(ST, Tmp, 1));
2927 
2928     RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp,
2929                                         llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
2930   } else if (neededInt) {
2931     RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, gp_offset);
2932     RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddr,
2933                                         llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
2934 
2935     // Copy to a temporary if necessary to ensure the appropriate alignment.
2936     std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> SizeAlign =
2937         CGF.getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
2938     uint64_t TySize = SizeAlign.first.getQuantity();
2939     unsigned TyAlign = SizeAlign.second.getQuantity();
2940     if (TyAlign > 8) {
2941       llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
2942       CGF.Builder.CreateMemCpy(Tmp, RegAddr, TySize, 8, false);
2943       RegAddr = Tmp;
2944     }
2945   } else if (neededSSE == 1) {
2946     RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset);
2947     RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddr,
2948                                         llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
2949   } else {
2950     assert(neededSSE == 2 && "Invalid number of needed registers!");
2951     // SSE registers are spaced 16 bytes apart in the register save
2952     // area, we need to collect the two eightbytes together.
2953     llvm::Value *RegAddrLo = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset);
2954     llvm::Value *RegAddrHi = CGF.Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(RegAddrLo, 16);
2955     llvm::Type *DoubleTy = CGF.DoubleTy;
2956     llvm::Type *DblPtrTy =
2957       llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(DoubleTy);
2958     llvm::StructType *ST = llvm::StructType::get(DoubleTy, DoubleTy, nullptr);
2959     llvm::Value *V, *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
2960     Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, ST->getPointerTo());
2961     V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddrLo,
2962                                                          DblPtrTy));
2963     CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(ST, Tmp, 0));
2964     V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddrHi,
2965                                                          DblPtrTy));
2966     CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(ST, Tmp, 1));
2967     RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp,
2968                                         llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
2969   }
2970 
2971   // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 5. Set:
2972   // l->gp_offset = l->gp_offset + num_gp * 8
2973   // l->fp_offset = l->fp_offset + num_fp * 16.
2974   if (neededInt) {
2975     llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededInt * 8);
2976     CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(gp_offset, Offset),
2977                             gp_offset_p);
2978   }
2979   if (neededSSE) {
2980     llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededSSE * 16);
2981     CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(fp_offset, Offset),
2982                             fp_offset_p);
2983   }
2984   CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
2985 
2986   // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory.
2987 
2988   CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock);
2989   llvm::Value *MemAddr = EmitVAArgFromMemory(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
2990 
2991   // Return the appropriate result.
2992 
2993   CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
2994   llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(RegAddr->getType(), 2,
2995                                                  "vaarg.addr");
2996   ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock);
2997   ResAddr->addIncoming(MemAddr, InMemBlock);
2998   return ResAddr;
2999 }
3000 
3001 ABIArgInfo WinX86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, unsigned &FreeSSERegs,
3002                                       bool IsReturnType) const {
3003 
3004   if (Ty->isVoidType())
3005     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3006 
3007   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
3008     Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
3009 
3010   TypeInfo Info = getContext().getTypeInfo(Ty);
3011   uint64_t Width = Info.Width;
3012   unsigned Align = getContext().toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.Align).getQuantity();
3013 
3014   const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
3015   if (RT) {
3016     if (!IsReturnType) {
3017       if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI()))
3018         return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
3019     }
3020 
3021     if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
3022       return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
3023 
3024     // FIXME: mingw-w64-gcc emits 128-bit struct as i128
3025     if (Width == 128 && getTarget().getTriple().isWindowsGNUEnvironment())
3026       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
3027                                                           Width));
3028   }
3029 
3030   // vectorcall adds the concept of a homogenous vector aggregate, similar to
3031   // other targets.
3032   const Type *Base = nullptr;
3033   uint64_t NumElts = 0;
3034   if (FreeSSERegs && isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, NumElts)) {
3035     if (FreeSSERegs >= NumElts) {
3036       FreeSSERegs -= NumElts;
3037       if (IsReturnType || Ty->isBuiltinType() || Ty->isVectorType())
3038         return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3039       return ABIArgInfo::getExpand();
3040     }
3041     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(Align, /*ByVal=*/false);
3042   }
3043 
3044 
3045   if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
3046     // If the member pointer is represented by an LLVM int or ptr, pass it
3047     // directly.
3048     llvm::Type *LLTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
3049     if (LLTy->isPointerTy() || LLTy->isIntegerTy())
3050       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3051   }
3052 
3053   if (RT || Ty->isAnyComplexType() || Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
3054     // MS x64 ABI requirement: "Any argument that doesn't fit in 8 bytes, or is
3055     // not 1, 2, 4, or 8 bytes, must be passed by reference."
3056     if (Width > 64 || !llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Width))
3057       return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
3058 
3059     // Otherwise, coerce it to a small integer.
3060     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Width));
3061   }
3062 
3063   // Bool type is always extended to the ABI, other builtin types are not
3064   // extended.
3065   const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>();
3066   if (BT && BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Bool)
3067     return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
3068 
3069   return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3070 }
3071 
3072 void WinX86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
3073   bool IsVectorCall =
3074       FI.getCallingConvention() == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall;
3075 
3076   // We can use up to 4 SSE return registers with vectorcall.
3077   unsigned FreeSSERegs = IsVectorCall ? 4 : 0;
3078   if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
3079     FI.getReturnInfo() = classify(FI.getReturnType(), FreeSSERegs, true);
3080 
3081   // We can use up to 6 SSE register parameters with vectorcall.
3082   FreeSSERegs = IsVectorCall ? 6 : 0;
3083   for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
3084     I.info = classify(I.type, FreeSSERegs, false);
3085 }
3086 
3087 llvm::Value *WinX86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3088                                       CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
3089   llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
3090 
3091   CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
3092   llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP,
3093                                                        "ap");
3094   llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
3095   llvm::Type *PTy =
3096     llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
3097   llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
3098 
3099   uint64_t Offset =
3100     llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, 8);
3101   llvm::Value *NextAddr =
3102     Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
3103                       "ap.next");
3104   Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
3105 
3106   return AddrTyped;
3107 }
3108 
3109 // PowerPC-32
3110 namespace {
3111 /// PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo - The 32-bit PowerPC ELF (SVR4) ABI information.
3112 class PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
3113 public:
3114   PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {}
3115 
3116   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3117                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
3118 };
3119 
3120 class PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
3121 public:
3122   PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo(CGT)) {}
3123 
3124   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
3125     // This is recovered from gcc output.
3126     return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
3127   }
3128 
3129   bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3130                                llvm::Value *Address) const override;
3131 
3132   unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override {
3133     return 16; // Natural alignment for Altivec vectors.
3134   }
3135 };
3136 
3137 }
3138 
3139 llvm::Value *PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr,
3140                                            QualType Ty,
3141                                            CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
3142   if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3143     // TODO: Implement this. For now ignore.
3144     (void)CTy;
3145     return nullptr;
3146   }
3147 
3148   bool isI64 = Ty->isIntegerType() && getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) == 64;
3149   bool isInt = Ty->isIntegerType() || Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isAggregateType();
3150   llvm::Type *CharPtr = CGF.Int8PtrTy;
3151   llvm::Type *CharPtrPtr = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
3152 
3153   CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
3154   llvm::Value *GPRPtr = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, CharPtr, "gprptr");
3155   llvm::Value *GPRPtrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(GPRPtr, CGF.Int32Ty);
3156   llvm::Value *FPRPtrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(GPRPtrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(1));
3157   llvm::Value *FPRPtr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(FPRPtrAsInt, CharPtr);
3158   llvm::Value *OverflowAreaPtrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(FPRPtrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(3));
3159   llvm::Value *OverflowAreaPtr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OverflowAreaPtrAsInt, CharPtrPtr);
3160   llvm::Value *RegsaveAreaPtrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(OverflowAreaPtrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(4));
3161   llvm::Value *RegsaveAreaPtr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(RegsaveAreaPtrAsInt, CharPtrPtr);
3162   llvm::Value *GPR = Builder.CreateLoad(GPRPtr, false, "gpr");
3163   // Align GPR when TY is i64.
3164   if (isI64) {
3165     llvm::Value *GPRAnd = Builder.CreateAnd(GPR, Builder.getInt8(1));
3166     llvm::Value *CC64 = Builder.CreateICmpEQ(GPRAnd, Builder.getInt8(1));
3167     llvm::Value *GPRPlusOne = Builder.CreateAdd(GPR, Builder.getInt8(1));
3168     GPR = Builder.CreateSelect(CC64, GPRPlusOne, GPR);
3169   }
3170   llvm::Value *FPR = Builder.CreateLoad(FPRPtr, false, "fpr");
3171   llvm::Value *OverflowArea = Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowAreaPtr, false, "overflow_area");
3172   llvm::Value *OverflowAreaAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OverflowArea, CGF.Int32Ty);
3173   llvm::Value *RegsaveArea = Builder.CreateLoad(RegsaveAreaPtr, false, "regsave_area");
3174   llvm::Value *RegsaveAreaAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(RegsaveArea, CGF.Int32Ty);
3175 
3176   llvm::Value *CC = Builder.CreateICmpULT(isInt ? GPR : FPR,
3177                                           Builder.getInt8(8), "cond");
3178 
3179   llvm::Value *RegConstant = Builder.CreateMul(isInt ? GPR : FPR,
3180                                                Builder.getInt8(isInt ? 4 : 8));
3181 
3182   llvm::Value *OurReg = Builder.CreateAdd(RegsaveAreaAsInt, Builder.CreateSExt(RegConstant, CGF.Int32Ty));
3183 
3184   if (Ty->isFloatingType())
3185     OurReg = Builder.CreateAdd(OurReg, Builder.getInt32(32));
3186 
3187   llvm::BasicBlock *UsingRegs = CGF.createBasicBlock("using_regs");
3188   llvm::BasicBlock *UsingOverflow = CGF.createBasicBlock("using_overflow");
3189   llvm::BasicBlock *Cont = CGF.createBasicBlock("cont");
3190 
3191   Builder.CreateCondBr(CC, UsingRegs, UsingOverflow);
3192 
3193   CGF.EmitBlock(UsingRegs);
3194 
3195   llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
3196   llvm::Value *Result1 = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OurReg, PTy);
3197   // Increase the GPR/FPR indexes.
3198   if (isInt) {
3199     GPR = Builder.CreateAdd(GPR, Builder.getInt8(isI64 ? 2 : 1));
3200     Builder.CreateStore(GPR, GPRPtr);
3201   } else {
3202     FPR = Builder.CreateAdd(FPR, Builder.getInt8(1));
3203     Builder.CreateStore(FPR, FPRPtr);
3204   }
3205   CGF.EmitBranch(Cont);
3206 
3207   CGF.EmitBlock(UsingOverflow);
3208 
3209   // Increase the overflow area.
3210   llvm::Value *Result2 = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OverflowAreaAsInt, PTy);
3211   OverflowAreaAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(OverflowAreaAsInt, Builder.getInt32(isInt ? 4 : 8));
3212   Builder.CreateStore(Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OverflowAreaAsInt, CharPtr), OverflowAreaPtr);
3213   CGF.EmitBranch(Cont);
3214 
3215   CGF.EmitBlock(Cont);
3216 
3217   llvm::PHINode *Result = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(PTy, 2, "vaarg.addr");
3218   Result->addIncoming(Result1, UsingRegs);
3219   Result->addIncoming(Result2, UsingOverflow);
3220 
3221   if (Ty->isAggregateType()) {
3222     llvm::Value *AGGPtr = Builder.CreateBitCast(Result, CharPtrPtr, "aggrptr")  ;
3223     return Builder.CreateLoad(AGGPtr, false, "aggr");
3224   }
3225 
3226   return Result;
3227 }
3228 
3229 bool
3230 PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3231                                                 llvm::Value *Address) const {
3232   // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
3233   // against gcc output.  AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
3234 
3235   CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
3236 
3237   llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
3238   llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
3239   llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
3240   llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16);
3241 
3242   // 0-31: r0-31, the 4-byte general-purpose registers
3243   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 31);
3244 
3245   // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers
3246   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63);
3247 
3248   // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers:
3249   // 64: mq
3250   // 65: lr
3251   // 66: ctr
3252   // 67: ap
3253   // 68-75 cr0-7
3254   // 76: xer
3255   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76);
3256 
3257   // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers
3258   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108);
3259 
3260   // 109: vrsave
3261   // 110: vscr
3262   // 111: spe_acc
3263   // 112: spefscr
3264   // 113: sfp
3265   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113);
3266 
3267   return false;
3268 }
3269 
3270 // PowerPC-64
3271 
3272 namespace {
3273 /// PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo - The 64-bit PowerPC ELF (SVR4) ABI information.
3274 class PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
3275 public:
3276   enum ABIKind {
3277     ELFv1 = 0,
3278     ELFv2
3279   };
3280 
3281 private:
3282   static const unsigned GPRBits = 64;
3283   ABIKind Kind;
3284   bool HasQPX;
3285 
3286   // A vector of float or double will be promoted to <4 x f32> or <4 x f64> and
3287   // will be passed in a QPX register.
3288   bool IsQPXVectorTy(const Type *Ty) const {
3289     if (!HasQPX)
3290       return false;
3291 
3292     if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
3293       unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements();
3294       if (NumElements == 1)
3295         return false;
3296 
3297       if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double)) {
3298         if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 256)
3299           return true;
3300       } else if (VT->getElementType()->
3301                    isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float)) {
3302         if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 128)
3303           return true;
3304       }
3305     }
3306 
3307     return false;
3308   }
3309 
3310   bool IsQPXVectorTy(QualType Ty) const {
3311     return IsQPXVectorTy(Ty.getTypePtr());
3312   }
3313 
3314 public:
3315   PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind, bool HasQPX)
3316     : DefaultABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind), HasQPX(HasQPX) {}
3317 
3318   bool isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const;
3319   bool isAlignedParamType(QualType Ty, bool &Align32) const;
3320 
3321   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
3322   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
3323 
3324   bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override;
3325   bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
3326                                          uint64_t Members) const override;
3327 
3328   // TODO: We can add more logic to computeInfo to improve performance.
3329   // Example: For aggregate arguments that fit in a register, we could
3330   // use getDirectInReg (as is done below for structs containing a single
3331   // floating-point value) to avoid pushing them to memory on function
3332   // entry.  This would require changing the logic in PPCISelLowering
3333   // when lowering the parameters in the caller and args in the callee.
3334   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
3335     if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
3336       FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
3337     for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) {
3338       // We rely on the default argument classification for the most part.
3339       // One exception:  An aggregate containing a single floating-point
3340       // or vector item must be passed in a register if one is available.
3341       const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(I.type, getContext());
3342       if (T) {
3343         const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
3344         if (IsQPXVectorTy(T) ||
3345             (T->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(T) == 128) ||
3346             (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint())) {
3347           QualType QT(T, 0);
3348           I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CGT.ConvertType(QT));
3349           continue;
3350         }
3351       }
3352       I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
3353     }
3354   }
3355 
3356   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3357                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
3358 };
3359 
3360 class PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
3361   bool HasQPX;
3362 
3363 public:
3364   PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT,
3365                                PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind, bool HasQPX)
3366     : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CGT, Kind, HasQPX)),
3367       HasQPX(HasQPX) {}
3368 
3369   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
3370     // This is recovered from gcc output.
3371     return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
3372   }
3373 
3374   bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3375                                llvm::Value *Address) const override;
3376 
3377   unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType QT) const override {
3378     if (HasQPX)
3379       if (const PointerType *PT = QT->getAs<PointerType>())
3380         if (PT->getPointeeType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double))
3381           return 32; // Natural alignment for QPX doubles.
3382 
3383     return 16; // Natural alignment for Altivec and VSX vectors.
3384   }
3385 };
3386 
3387 class PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo {
3388 public:
3389   PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {}
3390 
3391   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
3392     // This is recovered from gcc output.
3393     return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
3394   }
3395 
3396   bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3397                                llvm::Value *Address) const override;
3398 
3399   unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override {
3400     return 16; // Natural alignment for Altivec vectors.
3401   }
3402 };
3403 
3404 }
3405 
3406 // Return true if the ABI requires Ty to be passed sign- or zero-
3407 // extended to 64 bits.
3408 bool
3409 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const {
3410   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
3411   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
3412     Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
3413 
3414   // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI.
3415   if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
3416     return true;
3417 
3418   // In addition to the usual promotable integer types, we also need to
3419   // extend all 32-bit types, since the ABI requires promotion to 64 bits.
3420   if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
3421     switch (BT->getKind()) {
3422     case BuiltinType::Int:
3423     case BuiltinType::UInt:
3424       return true;
3425     default:
3426       break;
3427     }
3428 
3429   return false;
3430 }
3431 
3432 /// isAlignedParamType - Determine whether a type requires 16-byte
3433 /// alignment in the parameter area.
3434 bool
3435 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isAlignedParamType(QualType Ty, bool &Align32) const {
3436   Align32 = false;
3437 
3438   // Complex types are passed just like their elements.
3439   if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
3440     Ty = CTy->getElementType();
3441 
3442   // Only vector types of size 16 bytes need alignment (larger types are
3443   // passed via reference, smaller types are not aligned).
3444   if (IsQPXVectorTy(Ty)) {
3445     if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) > 128)
3446       Align32 = true;
3447 
3448     return true;
3449   } else if (Ty->isVectorType()) {
3450     return getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) == 128;
3451   }
3452 
3453   // For single-element float/vector structs, we consider the whole type
3454   // to have the same alignment requirements as its single element.
3455   const Type *AlignAsType = nullptr;
3456   const Type *EltType = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext());
3457   if (EltType) {
3458     const BuiltinType *BT = EltType->getAs<BuiltinType>();
3459     if (IsQPXVectorTy(EltType) || (EltType->isVectorType() &&
3460          getContext().getTypeSize(EltType) == 128) ||
3461         (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint()))
3462       AlignAsType = EltType;
3463   }
3464 
3465   // Likewise for ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates.
3466   const Type *Base = nullptr;
3467   uint64_t Members = 0;
3468   if (!AlignAsType && Kind == ELFv2 &&
3469       isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members))
3470     AlignAsType = Base;
3471 
3472   // With special case aggregates, only vector base types need alignment.
3473   if (AlignAsType && IsQPXVectorTy(AlignAsType)) {
3474     if (getContext().getTypeSize(AlignAsType) > 128)
3475       Align32 = true;
3476 
3477     return true;
3478   } else if (AlignAsType) {
3479     return AlignAsType->isVectorType();
3480   }
3481 
3482   // Otherwise, we only need alignment for any aggregate type that
3483   // has an alignment requirement of >= 16 bytes.
3484   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) >= 128) {
3485     if (HasQPX && getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) >= 256)
3486       Align32 = true;
3487     return true;
3488   }
3489 
3490   return false;
3491 }
3492 
3493 /// isHomogeneousAggregate - Return true if a type is an ELFv2 homogeneous
3494 /// aggregate.  Base is set to the base element type, and Members is set
3495 /// to the number of base elements.
3496 bool ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base,
3497                                      uint64_t &Members) const {
3498   if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
3499     uint64_t NElements = AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
3500     if (NElements == 0)
3501       return false;
3502     if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(AT->getElementType(), Base, Members))
3503       return false;
3504     Members *= NElements;
3505   } else if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
3506     const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
3507     if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
3508       return false;
3509 
3510     Members = 0;
3511 
3512     // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
3513     if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
3514       for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
3515         // Ignore empty records.
3516         if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), I.getType(), true))
3517           continue;
3518 
3519         uint64_t FldMembers;
3520         if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(I.getType(), Base, FldMembers))
3521           return false;
3522 
3523         Members += FldMembers;
3524       }
3525     }
3526 
3527     for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
3528       // Ignore (non-zero arrays of) empty records.
3529       QualType FT = FD->getType();
3530       while (const ConstantArrayType *AT =
3531              getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
3532         if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() == 0)
3533           return false;
3534         FT = AT->getElementType();
3535       }
3536       if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), FT, true))
3537         continue;
3538 
3539       // For compatibility with GCC, ignore empty bitfields in C++ mode.
3540       if (getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3541           FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0)
3542         continue;
3543 
3544       uint64_t FldMembers;
3545       if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(FD->getType(), Base, FldMembers))
3546         return false;
3547 
3548       Members = (RD->isUnion() ?
3549                  std::max(Members, FldMembers) : Members + FldMembers);
3550     }
3551 
3552     if (!Base)
3553       return false;
3554 
3555     // Ensure there is no padding.
3556     if (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) * Members !=
3557         getContext().getTypeSize(Ty))
3558       return false;
3559   } else {
3560     Members = 1;
3561     if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3562       Members = 2;
3563       Ty = CT->getElementType();
3564     }
3565 
3566     // Most ABIs only support float, double, and some vector type widths.
3567     if (!isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(Ty))
3568       return false;
3569 
3570     // The base type must be the same for all members.  Types that
3571     // agree in both total size and mode (float vs. vector) are
3572     // treated as being equivalent here.
3573     const Type *TyPtr = Ty.getTypePtr();
3574     if (!Base)
3575       Base = TyPtr;
3576 
3577     if (Base->isVectorType() != TyPtr->isVectorType() ||
3578         getContext().getTypeSize(Base) != getContext().getTypeSize(TyPtr))
3579       return false;
3580   }
3581   return Members > 0 && isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(Base, Members);
3582 }
3583 
3584 bool PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const {
3585   // Homogeneous aggregates for ELFv2 must have base types of float,
3586   // double, long double, or 128-bit vectors.
3587   if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
3588     if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float ||
3589         BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double ||
3590         BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble)
3591       return true;
3592   }
3593   if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
3594     if (getContext().getTypeSize(VT) == 128 || IsQPXVectorTy(Ty))
3595       return true;
3596   }
3597   return false;
3598 }
3599 
3600 bool PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(
3601     const Type *Base, uint64_t Members) const {
3602   // Vector types require one register, floating point types require one
3603   // or two registers depending on their size.
3604   uint32_t NumRegs =
3605       Base->isVectorType() ? 1 : (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) + 63) / 64;
3606 
3607   // Homogeneous Aggregates may occupy at most 8 registers.
3608   return Members * NumRegs <= 8;
3609 }
3610 
3611 ABIArgInfo
3612 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
3613   Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
3614 
3615   if (Ty->isAnyComplexType())
3616     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3617 
3618   // Non-Altivec vector types are passed in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes)
3619   // or via reference (larger than 16 bytes).
3620   if (Ty->isVectorType() && !IsQPXVectorTy(Ty)) {
3621     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3622     if (Size > 128)
3623       return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
3624     else if (Size < 128) {
3625       llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
3626       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3627     }
3628   }
3629 
3630   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
3631     if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
3632       return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
3633 
3634     bool Align32;
3635     uint64_t ABIAlign = isAlignedParamType(Ty, Align32) ?
3636                           (Align32 ? 32 : 16) : 8;
3637     uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
3638 
3639     // ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates are passed as array types.
3640     const Type *Base = nullptr;
3641     uint64_t Members = 0;
3642     if (Kind == ELFv2 &&
3643         isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) {
3644       llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0));
3645       llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Members);
3646       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3647     }
3648 
3649     // If an aggregate may end up fully in registers, we do not
3650     // use the ByVal method, but pass the aggregate as array.
3651     // This is usually beneficial since we avoid forcing the
3652     // back-end to store the argument to memory.
3653     uint64_t Bits = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3654     if (Bits > 0 && Bits <= 8 * GPRBits) {
3655       llvm::Type *CoerceTy;
3656 
3657       // Types up to 8 bytes are passed as integer type (which will be
3658       // properly aligned in the argument save area doubleword).
3659       if (Bits <= GPRBits)
3660         CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
3661                                           llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, 8));
3662       // Larger types are passed as arrays, with the base type selected
3663       // according to the required alignment in the save area.
3664       else {
3665         uint64_t RegBits = ABIAlign * 8;
3666         uint64_t NumRegs = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, RegBits) / RegBits;
3667         llvm::Type *RegTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), RegBits);
3668         CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(RegTy, NumRegs);
3669       }
3670 
3671       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3672     }
3673 
3674     // All other aggregates are passed ByVal.
3675     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(ABIAlign, /*ByVal=*/true,
3676                                    /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign);
3677   }
3678 
3679   return (isPromotableTypeForABI(Ty) ?
3680           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
3681 }
3682 
3683 ABIArgInfo
3684 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
3685   if (RetTy->isVoidType())
3686     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3687 
3688   if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
3689     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3690 
3691   // Non-Altivec vector types are returned in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes)
3692   // or via reference (larger than 16 bytes).
3693   if (RetTy->isVectorType() && !IsQPXVectorTy(RetTy)) {
3694     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
3695     if (Size > 128)
3696       return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
3697     else if (Size < 128) {
3698       llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
3699       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3700     }
3701   }
3702 
3703   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
3704     // ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates are returned as array types.
3705     const Type *Base = nullptr;
3706     uint64_t Members = 0;
3707     if (Kind == ELFv2 &&
3708         isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members)) {
3709       llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0));
3710       llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Members);
3711       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3712     }
3713 
3714     // ELFv2 small aggregates are returned in up to two registers.
3715     uint64_t Bits = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
3716     if (Kind == ELFv2 && Bits <= 2 * GPRBits) {
3717       if (Bits == 0)
3718         return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3719 
3720       llvm::Type *CoerceTy;
3721       if (Bits > GPRBits) {
3722         CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), GPRBits);
3723         CoerceTy = llvm::StructType::get(CoerceTy, CoerceTy, nullptr);
3724       } else
3725         CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
3726                                           llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, 8));
3727       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3728     }
3729 
3730     // All other aggregates are returned indirectly.
3731     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
3732   }
3733 
3734   return (isPromotableTypeForABI(RetTy) ?
3735           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
3736 }
3737 
3738 // Based on ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg, adjusted for 64-bit machine.
3739 llvm::Value *PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr,
3740                                            QualType Ty,
3741                                            CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
3742   llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy;
3743   llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
3744 
3745   CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
3746   llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
3747   llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
3748 
3749   // Handle types that require 16-byte alignment in the parameter save area.
3750   bool Align32;
3751   if (isAlignedParamType(Ty, Align32)) {
3752     llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3753     AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt,
3754                                   Builder.getInt64(Align32 ? 31 : 15));
3755     AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAnd(AddrAsInt,
3756                                   Builder.getInt64(Align32 ? -32 : -16));
3757     Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP, "ap.align");
3758   }
3759 
3760   // Update the va_list pointer.  The pointer should be bumped by the
3761   // size of the object.  We can trust getTypeSize() except for a complex
3762   // type whose base type is smaller than a doubleword.  For these, the
3763   // size of the object is 16 bytes; see below for further explanation.
3764   unsigned SizeInBytes = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
3765   QualType BaseTy;
3766   unsigned CplxBaseSize = 0;
3767 
3768   if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3769     BaseTy = CTy->getElementType();
3770     CplxBaseSize = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(BaseTy) / 8;
3771     if (CplxBaseSize < 8)
3772       SizeInBytes = 16;
3773   }
3774 
3775   unsigned Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(SizeInBytes, 8);
3776   llvm::Value *NextAddr =
3777     Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset),
3778                       "ap.next");
3779   Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
3780 
3781   // If we have a complex type and the base type is smaller than 8 bytes,
3782   // the ABI calls for the real and imaginary parts to be right-adjusted
3783   // in separate doublewords.  However, Clang expects us to produce a
3784   // pointer to a structure with the two parts packed tightly.  So generate
3785   // loads of the real and imaginary parts relative to the va_list pointer,
3786   // and store them to a temporary structure.
3787   if (CplxBaseSize && CplxBaseSize < 8) {
3788     llvm::Value *RealAddr = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3789     llvm::Value *ImagAddr = RealAddr;
3790     if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) {
3791       RealAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(RealAddr, Builder.getInt64(8 - CplxBaseSize));
3792       ImagAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(ImagAddr, Builder.getInt64(16 - CplxBaseSize));
3793     } else {
3794       ImagAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(ImagAddr, Builder.getInt64(8));
3795     }
3796     llvm::Type *PBaseTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(BaseTy));
3797     RealAddr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(RealAddr, PBaseTy);
3798     ImagAddr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(ImagAddr, PBaseTy);
3799     llvm::Value *Real = Builder.CreateLoad(RealAddr, false, ".vareal");
3800     llvm::Value *Imag = Builder.CreateLoad(ImagAddr, false, ".vaimag");
3801     llvm::AllocaInst *Ptr =
3802         CGF.CreateTempAlloca(CGT.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty), "vacplx");
3803     llvm::Value *RealPtr =
3804         Builder.CreateStructGEP(Ptr->getAllocatedType(), Ptr, 0, ".real");
3805     llvm::Value *ImagPtr =
3806         Builder.CreateStructGEP(Ptr->getAllocatedType(), Ptr, 1, ".imag");
3807     Builder.CreateStore(Real, RealPtr, false);
3808     Builder.CreateStore(Imag, ImagPtr, false);
3809     return Ptr;
3810   }
3811 
3812   // If the argument is smaller than 8 bytes, it is right-adjusted in
3813   // its doubleword slot.  Adjust the pointer to pick it up from the
3814   // correct offset.
3815   if (SizeInBytes < 8 && CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) {
3816     llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3817     AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(8 - SizeInBytes));
3818     Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP);
3819   }
3820 
3821   llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
3822   return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
3823 }
3824 
3825 static bool
3826 PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3827                               llvm::Value *Address) {
3828   // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
3829   // against gcc output.  AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
3830 
3831   CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
3832 
3833   llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
3834   llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
3835   llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
3836   llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16);
3837 
3838   // 0-31: r0-31, the 8-byte general-purpose registers
3839   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31);
3840 
3841   // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers
3842   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63);
3843 
3844   // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers:
3845   // 64: mq
3846   // 65: lr
3847   // 66: ctr
3848   // 67: ap
3849   // 68-75 cr0-7
3850   // 76: xer
3851   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76);
3852 
3853   // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers
3854   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108);
3855 
3856   // 109: vrsave
3857   // 110: vscr
3858   // 111: spe_acc
3859   // 112: spefscr
3860   // 113: sfp
3861   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113);
3862 
3863   return false;
3864 }
3865 
3866 bool
3867 PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(
3868   CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3869   llvm::Value *Address) const {
3870 
3871   return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address);
3872 }
3873 
3874 bool
3875 PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3876                                                 llvm::Value *Address) const {
3877 
3878   return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address);
3879 }
3880 
3881 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3882 // AArch64 ABI Implementation
3883 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3884 
3885 namespace {
3886 
3887 class AArch64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
3888 public:
3889   enum ABIKind {
3890     AAPCS = 0,
3891     DarwinPCS
3892   };
3893 
3894 private:
3895   ABIKind Kind;
3896 
3897 public:
3898   AArch64ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind) {}
3899 
3900 private:
3901   ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; }
3902   bool isDarwinPCS() const { return Kind == DarwinPCS; }
3903 
3904   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
3905   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
3906   bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override;
3907   bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
3908                                          uint64_t Members) const override;
3909 
3910   bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
3911 
3912   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
3913     if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
3914       FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
3915 
3916     for (auto &it : FI.arguments())
3917       it.info = classifyArgumentType(it.type);
3918   }
3919 
3920   llvm::Value *EmitDarwinVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3921                                CodeGenFunction &CGF) const;
3922 
3923   llvm::Value *EmitAAPCSVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3924                               CodeGenFunction &CGF) const;
3925 
3926   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3927                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override {
3928     return isDarwinPCS() ? EmitDarwinVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF)
3929                          : EmitAAPCSVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
3930   }
3931 };
3932 
3933 class AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
3934 public:
3935   AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind)
3936       : TargetCodeGenInfo(new AArch64ABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {}
3937 
3938   StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const override {
3939     return "mov\tfp, fp\t\t; marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue";
3940   }
3941 
3942   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
3943     return 31;
3944   }
3945 
3946   bool doesReturnSlotInterfereWithArgs() const override { return false; }
3947 };
3948 }
3949 
3950 ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
3951   Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
3952 
3953   // Handle illegal vector types here.
3954   if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
3955     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3956     if (Size <= 32) {
3957       llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
3958       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
3959     }
3960     if (Size == 64) {
3961       llvm::Type *ResType =
3962           llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2);
3963       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
3964     }
3965     if (Size == 128) {
3966       llvm::Type *ResType =
3967           llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4);
3968       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
3969     }
3970     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
3971   }
3972 
3973   if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
3974     // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
3975     if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
3976       Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
3977 
3978     return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS()
3979                 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
3980                 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
3981   }
3982 
3983   // Structures with either a non-trivial destructor or a non-trivial
3984   // copy constructor are always indirect.
3985   if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
3986     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/RAA ==
3987                                    CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
3988   }
3989 
3990   // Empty records are always ignored on Darwin, but actually passed in C++ mode
3991   // elsewhere for GNU compatibility.
3992   if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
3993     if (!getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isDarwinPCS())
3994       return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3995 
3996     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
3997   }
3998 
3999   // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) need to be expanded.
4000   const Type *Base = nullptr;
4001   uint64_t Members = 0;
4002   if (isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) {
4003     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(
4004         llvm::ArrayType::get(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0)), Members));
4005   }
4006 
4007   // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are passed directly in registers or on the stack.
4008   uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
4009   if (Size <= 128) {
4010     unsigned Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty);
4011     Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes
4012 
4013     // We use a pair of i64 for 16-byte aggregate with 8-byte alignment.
4014     // For aggregates with 16-byte alignment, we use i128.
4015     if (Alignment < 128 && Size == 128) {
4016       llvm::Type *BaseTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext());
4017       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Size / 64));
4018     }
4019     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size));
4020   }
4021 
4022   return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
4023 }
4024 
4025 ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
4026   if (RetTy->isVoidType())
4027     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4028 
4029   // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
4030   if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128)
4031     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
4032 
4033   if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
4034     // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
4035     if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
4036       RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
4037 
4038     return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS()
4039                 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
4040                 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
4041   }
4042 
4043   if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
4044     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4045 
4046   const Type *Base = nullptr;
4047   uint64_t Members = 0;
4048   if (isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members))
4049     // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) are returned directly.
4050     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
4051 
4052   // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are returned directly in registers or on the stack.
4053   uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
4054   if (Size <= 128) {
4055     unsigned Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlign(RetTy);
4056     Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes
4057 
4058     // We use a pair of i64 for 16-byte aggregate with 8-byte alignment.
4059     // For aggregates with 16-byte alignment, we use i128.
4060     if (Alignment < 128 && Size == 128) {
4061       llvm::Type *BaseTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext());
4062       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Size / 64));
4063     }
4064     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size));
4065   }
4066 
4067   return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
4068 }
4069 
4070 /// isIllegalVectorType - check whether the vector type is legal for AArch64.
4071 bool AArch64ABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
4072   if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4073     // Check whether VT is legal.
4074     unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements();
4075     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
4076     // NumElements should be power of 2 between 1 and 16.
4077     if ((NumElements & (NumElements - 1)) != 0 || NumElements > 16)
4078       return true;
4079     return Size != 64 && (Size != 128 || NumElements == 1);
4080   }
4081   return false;
4082 }
4083 
4084 bool AArch64ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const {
4085   // Homogeneous aggregates for AAPCS64 must have base types of a floating
4086   // point type or a short-vector type. This is the same as the 32-bit ABI,
4087   // but with the difference that any floating-point type is allowed,
4088   // including __fp16.
4089   if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
4090     if (BT->isFloatingPoint())
4091       return true;
4092   } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4093     unsigned VecSize = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
4094     if (VecSize == 64 || VecSize == 128)
4095       return true;
4096   }
4097   return false;
4098 }
4099 
4100 bool AArch64ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Base,
4101                                                        uint64_t Members) const {
4102   return Members <= 4;
4103 }
4104 
4105 llvm::Value *AArch64ABIInfo::EmitAAPCSVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr,
4106                                             QualType Ty,
4107                                             CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
4108   ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty);
4109   bool IsIndirect = AI.isIndirect();
4110 
4111   llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGF.ConvertType(Ty);
4112   if (IsIndirect)
4113     BaseTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BaseTy);
4114   else if (AI.getCoerceToType())
4115     BaseTy = AI.getCoerceToType();
4116 
4117   unsigned NumRegs = 1;
4118   if (llvm::ArrayType *ArrTy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(BaseTy)) {
4119     BaseTy = ArrTy->getElementType();
4120     NumRegs = ArrTy->getNumElements();
4121   }
4122   bool IsFPR = BaseTy->isFloatingPointTy() || BaseTy->isVectorTy();
4123 
4124   // The AArch64 va_list type and handling is specified in the Procedure Call
4125   // Standard, section B.4:
4126   //
4127   // struct {
4128   //   void *__stack;
4129   //   void *__gr_top;
4130   //   void *__vr_top;
4131   //   int __gr_offs;
4132   //   int __vr_offs;
4133   // };
4134 
4135   llvm::BasicBlock *MaybeRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.maybe_reg");
4136   llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
4137   llvm::BasicBlock *OnStackBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.on_stack");
4138   llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
4139   auto &Ctx = CGF.getContext();
4140 
4141   llvm::Value *reg_offs_p = nullptr, *reg_offs = nullptr;
4142   int reg_top_index;
4143   int RegSize = IsIndirect ? 8 : getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
4144   if (!IsFPR) {
4145     // 3 is the field number of __gr_offs
4146     reg_offs_p =
4147         CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(nullptr, VAListAddr, 3, "gr_offs_p");
4148     reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "gr_offs");
4149     reg_top_index = 1; // field number for __gr_top
4150     RegSize = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(RegSize, 8);
4151   } else {
4152     // 4 is the field number of __vr_offs.
4153     reg_offs_p =
4154         CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(nullptr, VAListAddr, 4, "vr_offs_p");
4155     reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "vr_offs");
4156     reg_top_index = 2; // field number for __vr_top
4157     RegSize = 16 * NumRegs;
4158   }
4159 
4160   //=======================================
4161   // Find out where argument was passed
4162   //=======================================
4163 
4164   // If reg_offs >= 0 we're already using the stack for this type of
4165   // argument. We don't want to keep updating reg_offs (in case it overflows,
4166   // though anyone passing 2GB of arguments, each at most 16 bytes, deserves
4167   // whatever they get).
4168   llvm::Value *UsingStack = nullptr;
4169   UsingStack = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSGE(
4170       reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0));
4171 
4172   CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(UsingStack, OnStackBlock, MaybeRegBlock);
4173 
4174   // Otherwise, at least some kind of argument could go in these registers, the
4175   // question is whether this particular type is too big.
4176   CGF.EmitBlock(MaybeRegBlock);
4177 
4178   // Integer arguments may need to correct register alignment (for example a
4179   // "struct { __int128 a; };" gets passed in x_2N, x_{2N+1}). In this case we
4180   // align __gr_offs to calculate the potential address.
4181   if (!IsFPR && !IsIndirect && Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) > 64) {
4182     int Align = Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
4183 
4184     reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
4185         reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1),
4186         "align_regoffs");
4187     reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(
4188         reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -Align),
4189         "aligned_regoffs");
4190   }
4191 
4192   // Update the gr_offs/vr_offs pointer for next call to va_arg on this va_list.
4193   llvm::Value *NewOffset = nullptr;
4194   NewOffset = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
4195       reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, RegSize), "new_reg_offs");
4196   CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOffset, reg_offs_p);
4197 
4198   // Now we're in a position to decide whether this argument really was in
4199   // registers or not.
4200   llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr;
4201   InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSLE(
4202       NewOffset, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0), "inreg");
4203 
4204   CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, OnStackBlock);
4205 
4206   //=======================================
4207   // Argument was in registers
4208   //=======================================
4209 
4210   // Now we emit the code for if the argument was originally passed in
4211   // registers. First start the appropriate block:
4212   CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
4213 
4214   llvm::Value *reg_top_p = nullptr, *reg_top = nullptr;
4215   reg_top_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(nullptr, VAListAddr, reg_top_index,
4216                                           "reg_top_p");
4217   reg_top = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_top_p, "reg_top");
4218   llvm::Value *BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(reg_top, reg_offs);
4219   llvm::Value *RegAddr = nullptr;
4220   llvm::Type *MemTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty));
4221 
4222   if (IsIndirect) {
4223     // If it's been passed indirectly (actually a struct), whatever we find from
4224     // stored registers or on the stack will actually be a struct **.
4225     MemTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(MemTy);
4226   }
4227 
4228   const Type *Base = nullptr;
4229   uint64_t NumMembers = 0;
4230   bool IsHFA = isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, NumMembers);
4231   if (IsHFA && NumMembers > 1) {
4232     // Homogeneous aggregates passed in registers will have their elements split
4233     // and stored 16-bytes apart regardless of size (they're notionally in qN,
4234     // qN+1, ...). We reload and store into a temporary local variable
4235     // contiguously.
4236     assert(!IsIndirect && "Homogeneous aggregates should be passed directly");
4237     llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGF.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0));
4238     llvm::Type *HFATy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, NumMembers);
4239     llvm::AllocaInst *Tmp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(HFATy);
4240     int Offset = 0;
4241 
4242     if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && Ctx.getTypeSize(Base) < 128)
4243       Offset = 16 - Ctx.getTypeSize(Base) / 8;
4244     for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumMembers; ++i) {
4245       llvm::Value *BaseOffset =
4246           llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 16 * i + Offset);
4247       llvm::Value *LoadAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(BaseAddr, BaseOffset);
4248       LoadAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(
4249           LoadAddr, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BaseTy));
4250       llvm::Value *StoreAddr =
4251           CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp->getAllocatedType(), Tmp, i);
4252 
4253       llvm::Value *Elem = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(LoadAddr);
4254       CGF.Builder.CreateStore(Elem, StoreAddr);
4255     }
4256 
4257     RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, MemTy);
4258   } else {
4259     // Otherwise the object is contiguous in memory
4260     unsigned BeAlign = reg_top_index == 2 ? 16 : 8;
4261     if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() &&
4262         (IsHFA || !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) &&
4263         Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) < (BeAlign * 8)) {
4264       int Offset = BeAlign - Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
4265       BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(BaseAddr, CGF.Int64Ty);
4266 
4267       BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
4268           BaseAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), "align_be");
4269 
4270       BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(BaseAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy);
4271     }
4272 
4273     RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(BaseAddr, MemTy);
4274   }
4275 
4276   CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
4277 
4278   //=======================================
4279   // Argument was on the stack
4280   //=======================================
4281   CGF.EmitBlock(OnStackBlock);
4282 
4283   llvm::Value *stack_p = nullptr, *OnStackAddr = nullptr;
4284   stack_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(nullptr, VAListAddr, 0, "stack_p");
4285   OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(stack_p, "stack");
4286 
4287   // Again, stack arguments may need realigmnent. In this case both integer and
4288   // floating-point ones might be affected.
4289   if (!IsIndirect && Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) > 64) {
4290     int Align = Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
4291 
4292     OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int64Ty);
4293 
4294     OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
4295         OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1),
4296         "align_stack");
4297     OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(
4298         OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -Align),
4299         "align_stack");
4300 
4301     OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy);
4302   }
4303 
4304   uint64_t StackSize;
4305   if (IsIndirect)
4306     StackSize = 8;
4307   else
4308     StackSize = Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
4309 
4310   // All stack slots are 8 bytes
4311   StackSize = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(StackSize, 8);
4312 
4313   llvm::Value *StackSizeC = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, StackSize);
4314   llvm::Value *NewStack =
4315       CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OnStackAddr, StackSizeC, "new_stack");
4316 
4317   // Write the new value of __stack for the next call to va_arg
4318   CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewStack, stack_p);
4319 
4320   if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) &&
4321       Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) < 64) {
4322     int Offset = 8 - Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
4323     OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int64Ty);
4324 
4325     OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
4326         OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), "align_be");
4327 
4328     OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy);
4329   }
4330 
4331   OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(OnStackAddr, MemTy);
4332 
4333   CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
4334 
4335   //=======================================
4336   // Tidy up
4337   //=======================================
4338   CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
4339 
4340   llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(MemTy, 2, "vaarg.addr");
4341   ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock);
4342   ResAddr->addIncoming(OnStackAddr, OnStackBlock);
4343 
4344   if (IsIndirect)
4345     return CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "vaarg.addr");
4346 
4347   return ResAddr;
4348 }
4349 
4350 llvm::Value *AArch64ABIInfo::EmitDarwinVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4351                                            CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
4352   // We do not support va_arg for aggregates or illegal vector types.
4353   // Lower VAArg here for these cases and use the LLVM va_arg instruction for
4354   // other cases.
4355   if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !isIllegalVectorType(Ty))
4356     return nullptr;
4357 
4358   uint64_t Size = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
4359   uint64_t Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
4360 
4361   const Type *Base = nullptr;
4362   uint64_t Members = 0;
4363   bool isHA = isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members);
4364 
4365   bool isIndirect = false;
4366   // Arguments bigger than 16 bytes which aren't homogeneous aggregates should
4367   // be passed indirectly.
4368   if (Size > 16 && !isHA) {
4369     isIndirect = true;
4370     Size = 8;
4371     Align = 8;
4372   }
4373 
4374   llvm::Type *BP = llvm::Type::getInt8PtrTy(CGF.getLLVMContext());
4375   llvm::Type *BPP = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BP);
4376 
4377   CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
4378   llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
4379   llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
4380 
4381   if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
4382     // These are ignored for parameter passing purposes.
4383     llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
4384     return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
4385   }
4386 
4387   const uint64_t MinABIAlign = 8;
4388   if (Align > MinABIAlign) {
4389     llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1);
4390     Addr = Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, Offset);
4391     llvm::Value *AsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
4392     llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, ~(Align - 1));
4393     llvm::Value *Aligned = Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask);
4394     Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(Aligned, BP, "ap.align");
4395   }
4396 
4397   uint64_t Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, MinABIAlign);
4398   llvm::Value *NextAddr = Builder.CreateGEP(
4399       Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), "ap.next");
4400   Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
4401 
4402   if (isIndirect)
4403     Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, BPP));
4404   llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
4405   llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
4406 
4407   return AddrTyped;
4408 }
4409 
4410 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4411 // ARM ABI Implementation
4412 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4413 
4414 namespace {
4415 
4416 class ARMABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
4417 public:
4418   enum ABIKind {
4419     APCS = 0,
4420     AAPCS = 1,
4421     AAPCS_VFP
4422   };
4423 
4424 private:
4425   ABIKind Kind;
4426 
4427 public:
4428   ARMABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind _Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(_Kind) {
4429     setCCs();
4430   }
4431 
4432   bool isEABI() const {
4433     switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) {
4434     case llvm::Triple::Android:
4435     case llvm::Triple::EABI:
4436     case llvm::Triple::EABIHF:
4437     case llvm::Triple::GNUEABI:
4438     case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF:
4439       return true;
4440     default:
4441       return false;
4442     }
4443   }
4444 
4445   bool isEABIHF() const {
4446     switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) {
4447     case llvm::Triple::EABIHF:
4448     case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF:
4449       return true;
4450     default:
4451       return false;
4452     }
4453   }
4454 
4455   ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; }
4456 
4457 private:
4458   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic) const;
4459   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic) const;
4460   bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
4461 
4462   bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override;
4463   bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
4464                                          uint64_t Members) const override;
4465 
4466   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
4467 
4468   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4469                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
4470 
4471   llvm::CallingConv::ID getLLVMDefaultCC() const;
4472   llvm::CallingConv::ID getABIDefaultCC() const;
4473   void setCCs();
4474 };
4475 
4476 class ARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
4477 public:
4478   ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind K)
4479     :TargetCodeGenInfo(new ARMABIInfo(CGT, K)) {}
4480 
4481   const ARMABIInfo &getABIInfo() const {
4482     return static_cast<const ARMABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo());
4483   }
4484 
4485   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
4486     return 13;
4487   }
4488 
4489   StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const override {
4490     return "mov\tr7, r7\t\t@ marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue";
4491   }
4492 
4493   bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
4494                                llvm::Value *Address) const override {
4495     llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
4496 
4497     // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
4498     AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 15);
4499     return false;
4500   }
4501 
4502   unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override {
4503     if (getABIInfo().isEABI()) return 88;
4504     return TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException();
4505   }
4506 
4507   void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
4508                            CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
4509     const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
4510     if (!FD)
4511       return;
4512 
4513     const ARMInterruptAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ARMInterruptAttr>();
4514     if (!Attr)
4515       return;
4516 
4517     const char *Kind;
4518     switch (Attr->getInterrupt()) {
4519     case ARMInterruptAttr::Generic: Kind = ""; break;
4520     case ARMInterruptAttr::IRQ:     Kind = "IRQ"; break;
4521     case ARMInterruptAttr::FIQ:     Kind = "FIQ"; break;
4522     case ARMInterruptAttr::SWI:     Kind = "SWI"; break;
4523     case ARMInterruptAttr::ABORT:   Kind = "ABORT"; break;
4524     case ARMInterruptAttr::UNDEF:   Kind = "UNDEF"; break;
4525     }
4526 
4527     llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
4528 
4529     Fn->addFnAttr("interrupt", Kind);
4530 
4531     if (cast<ARMABIInfo>(getABIInfo()).getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::APCS)
4532       return;
4533 
4534     // AAPCS guarantees that sp will be 8-byte aligned on any public interface,
4535     // however this is not necessarily true on taking any interrupt. Instruct
4536     // the backend to perform a realignment as part of the function prologue.
4537     llvm::AttrBuilder B;
4538     B.addStackAlignmentAttr(8);
4539     Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
4540                       llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(),
4541                                               llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
4542                                               B));
4543   }
4544 };
4545 
4546 class WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public ARMTargetCodeGenInfo {
4547   void addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
4548                                         CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const;
4549 
4550 public:
4551   WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind K)
4552       : ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT, K) {}
4553 
4554   void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
4555                            CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override;
4556 };
4557 
4558 void WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo::addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(
4559     const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
4560   if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D))
4561     return;
4562   if (CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StackProbeSize == 4096)
4563     return;
4564 
4565   llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
4566   F->addFnAttr("stack-probe-size",
4567                llvm::utostr(CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StackProbeSize));
4568 }
4569 
4570 void WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(
4571     const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
4572   ARMTargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(D, GV, CGM);
4573   addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(D, GV, CGM);
4574 }
4575 }
4576 
4577 void ARMABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
4578   if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
4579     FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), FI.isVariadic());
4580 
4581   for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
4582     I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, FI.isVariadic());
4583 
4584   // Always honor user-specified calling convention.
4585   if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C)
4586     return;
4587 
4588   llvm::CallingConv::ID cc = getRuntimeCC();
4589   if (cc != llvm::CallingConv::C)
4590     FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(cc);
4591 }
4592 
4593 /// Return the default calling convention that LLVM will use.
4594 llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getLLVMDefaultCC() const {
4595   // The default calling convention that LLVM will infer.
4596   if (isEABIHF())
4597     return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP;
4598   else if (isEABI())
4599     return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS;
4600   else
4601     return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS;
4602 }
4603 
4604 /// Return the calling convention that our ABI would like us to use
4605 /// as the C calling convention.
4606 llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getABIDefaultCC() const {
4607   switch (getABIKind()) {
4608   case APCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS;
4609   case AAPCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS;
4610   case AAPCS_VFP: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP;
4611   }
4612   llvm_unreachable("bad ABI kind");
4613 }
4614 
4615 void ARMABIInfo::setCCs() {
4616   assert(getRuntimeCC() == llvm::CallingConv::C);
4617 
4618   // Don't muddy up the IR with a ton of explicit annotations if
4619   // they'd just match what LLVM will infer from the triple.
4620   llvm::CallingConv::ID abiCC = getABIDefaultCC();
4621   if (abiCC != getLLVMDefaultCC())
4622     RuntimeCC = abiCC;
4623 
4624   BuiltinCC = (getABIKind() == APCS ?
4625                llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS : llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS);
4626 }
4627 
4628 ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
4629                                             bool isVariadic) const {
4630   // 6.1.2.1 The following argument types are VFP CPRCs:
4631   //   A single-precision floating-point type (including promoted
4632   //   half-precision types); A double-precision floating-point type;
4633   //   A 64-bit or 128-bit containerized vector type; Homogeneous Aggregate
4634   //   with a Base Type of a single- or double-precision floating-point type,
4635   //   64-bit containerized vectors or 128-bit containerized vectors with one
4636   //   to four Elements.
4637   bool IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP = getABIKind() == AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic;
4638 
4639   Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
4640 
4641   // Handle illegal vector types here.
4642   if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
4643     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
4644     if (Size <= 32) {
4645       llvm::Type *ResType =
4646           llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
4647       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
4648     }
4649     if (Size == 64) {
4650       llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get(
4651           llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2);
4652       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
4653     }
4654     if (Size == 128) {
4655       llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get(
4656           llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4);
4657       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
4658     }
4659     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
4660   }
4661 
4662   if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
4663     // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
4664     if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
4665       Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
4666     }
4667 
4668     return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
4669                                           : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
4670   }
4671 
4672   if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
4673     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
4674   }
4675 
4676   // Ignore empty records.
4677   if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
4678     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4679 
4680   if (IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP) {
4681     // Homogeneous Aggregates need to be expanded when we can fit the aggregate
4682     // into VFP registers.
4683     const Type *Base = nullptr;
4684     uint64_t Members = 0;
4685     if (isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) {
4686       assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate");
4687       // Base can be a floating-point or a vector.
4688       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, false);
4689     }
4690   }
4691 
4692   // Support byval for ARM.
4693   // The ABI alignment for APCS is 4-byte and for AAPCS at least 4-byte and at
4694   // most 8-byte. We realign the indirect argument if type alignment is bigger
4695   // than ABI alignment.
4696   uint64_t ABIAlign = 4;
4697   uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
4698   if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP ||
4699        getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS)
4700     ABIAlign = std::min(std::max(TyAlign, (uint64_t)4), (uint64_t)8);
4701 
4702   if (getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty) > CharUnits::fromQuantity(64)) {
4703     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(ABIAlign, /*ByVal=*/true,
4704            /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign);
4705   }
4706 
4707   // Otherwise, pass by coercing to a structure of the appropriate size.
4708   llvm::Type* ElemTy;
4709   unsigned SizeRegs;
4710   // FIXME: Try to match the types of the arguments more accurately where
4711   // we can.
4712   if (getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) <= 32) {
4713     ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
4714     SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32;
4715   } else {
4716     ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext());
4717     SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 63) / 64;
4718   }
4719 
4720   return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(ElemTy, SizeRegs));
4721 }
4722 
4723 static bool isIntegerLikeType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context,
4724                               llvm::LLVMContext &VMContext) {
4725   // APCS, C Language Calling Conventions, Non-Simple Return Values: A structure
4726   // is called integer-like if its size is less than or equal to one word, and
4727   // the offset of each of its addressable sub-fields is zero.
4728 
4729   uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
4730 
4731   // Check that the type fits in a word.
4732   if (Size > 32)
4733     return false;
4734 
4735   // FIXME: Handle vector types!
4736   if (Ty->isVectorType())
4737     return false;
4738 
4739   // Float types are never treated as "integer like".
4740   if (Ty->isRealFloatingType())
4741     return false;
4742 
4743   // If this is a builtin or pointer type then it is ok.
4744   if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->isPointerType())
4745     return true;
4746 
4747   // Small complex integer types are "integer like".
4748   if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
4749     return isIntegerLikeType(CT->getElementType(), Context, VMContext);
4750 
4751   // Single element and zero sized arrays should be allowed, by the definition
4752   // above, but they are not.
4753 
4754   // Otherwise, it must be a record type.
4755   const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
4756   if (!RT) return false;
4757 
4758   // Ignore records with flexible arrays.
4759   const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
4760   if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
4761     return false;
4762 
4763   // Check that all sub-fields are at offset 0, and are themselves "integer
4764   // like".
4765   const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
4766 
4767   bool HadField = false;
4768   unsigned idx = 0;
4769   for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
4770        i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
4771     const FieldDecl *FD = *i;
4772 
4773     // Bit-fields are not addressable, we only need to verify they are "integer
4774     // like". We still have to disallow a subsequent non-bitfield, for example:
4775     //   struct { int : 0; int x }
4776     // is non-integer like according to gcc.
4777     if (FD->isBitField()) {
4778       if (!RD->isUnion())
4779         HadField = true;
4780 
4781       if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext))
4782         return false;
4783 
4784       continue;
4785     }
4786 
4787     // Check if this field is at offset 0.
4788     if (Layout.getFieldOffset(idx) != 0)
4789       return false;
4790 
4791     if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext))
4792       return false;
4793 
4794     // Only allow at most one field in a structure. This doesn't match the
4795     // wording above, but follows gcc in situations with a field following an
4796     // empty structure.
4797     if (!RD->isUnion()) {
4798       if (HadField)
4799         return false;
4800 
4801       HadField = true;
4802     }
4803   }
4804 
4805   return true;
4806 }
4807 
4808 ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy,
4809                                           bool isVariadic) const {
4810   bool IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP = getABIKind() == AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic;
4811 
4812   if (RetTy->isVoidType())
4813     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4814 
4815   // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
4816   if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128) {
4817     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
4818   }
4819 
4820   if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
4821     // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
4822     if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
4823       RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
4824 
4825     return RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
4826                                             : ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
4827   }
4828 
4829   // Are we following APCS?
4830   if (getABIKind() == APCS) {
4831     if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, false))
4832       return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4833 
4834     // Complex types are all returned as packed integers.
4835     //
4836     // FIXME: Consider using 2 x vector types if the back end handles them
4837     // correctly.
4838     if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
4839       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(
4840           getVMContext(), getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy)));
4841 
4842     // Integer like structures are returned in r0.
4843     if (isIntegerLikeType(RetTy, getContext(), getVMContext())) {
4844       // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
4845       uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
4846       if (Size <= 8)
4847         return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
4848       if (Size <= 16)
4849         return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
4850       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
4851     }
4852 
4853     // Otherwise return in memory.
4854     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
4855   }
4856 
4857   // Otherwise this is an AAPCS variant.
4858 
4859   if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
4860     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4861 
4862   // Check for homogeneous aggregates with AAPCS-VFP.
4863   if (IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP) {
4864     const Type *Base = nullptr;
4865     uint64_t Members;
4866     if (isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members)) {
4867       assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate");
4868       // Homogeneous Aggregates are returned directly.
4869       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, false);
4870     }
4871   }
4872 
4873   // Aggregates <= 4 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates
4874   // are returned indirectly.
4875   uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
4876   if (Size <= 32) {
4877     if (getDataLayout().isBigEndian())
4878       // Return in 32 bit integer integer type (as if loaded by LDR, AAPCS 5.4)
4879       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
4880 
4881     // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
4882     if (Size <= 8)
4883       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
4884     if (Size <= 16)
4885       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
4886     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
4887   }
4888 
4889   return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
4890 }
4891 
4892 /// isIllegalVector - check whether Ty is an illegal vector type.
4893 bool ARMABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
4894   if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4895     // Check whether VT is legal.
4896     unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements();
4897     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
4898     // NumElements should be power of 2.
4899     if ((NumElements & (NumElements - 1)) != 0)
4900       return true;
4901     // Size should be greater than 32 bits.
4902     return Size <= 32;
4903   }
4904   return false;
4905 }
4906 
4907 bool ARMABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const {
4908   // Homogeneous aggregates for AAPCS-VFP must have base types of float,
4909   // double, or 64-bit or 128-bit vectors.
4910   if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
4911     if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float ||
4912         BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double ||
4913         BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble)
4914       return true;
4915   } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4916     unsigned VecSize = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
4917     if (VecSize == 64 || VecSize == 128)
4918       return true;
4919   }
4920   return false;
4921 }
4922 
4923 bool ARMABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Base,
4924                                                    uint64_t Members) const {
4925   return Members <= 4;
4926 }
4927 
4928 llvm::Value *ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4929                                    CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
4930   llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy;
4931   llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
4932 
4933   CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
4934   llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
4935   llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
4936 
4937   if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
4938     // These are ignored for parameter passing purposes.
4939     llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
4940     return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
4941   }
4942 
4943   uint64_t Size = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
4944   uint64_t TyAlign = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
4945   bool IsIndirect = false;
4946 
4947   // The ABI alignment for 64-bit or 128-bit vectors is 8 for AAPCS and 4 for
4948   // APCS. For AAPCS, the ABI alignment is at least 4-byte and at most 8-byte.
4949   if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP ||
4950       getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS)
4951     TyAlign = std::min(std::max(TyAlign, (uint64_t)4), (uint64_t)8);
4952   else
4953     TyAlign = 4;
4954   // Use indirect if size of the illegal vector is bigger than 16 bytes.
4955   if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty) && Size > 16) {
4956     IsIndirect = true;
4957     Size = 4;
4958     TyAlign = 4;
4959   }
4960 
4961   // Handle address alignment for ABI alignment > 4 bytes.
4962   if (TyAlign > 4) {
4963     assert((TyAlign & (TyAlign - 1)) == 0 &&
4964            "Alignment is not power of 2!");
4965     llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int32Ty);
4966     AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(TyAlign - 1));
4967     AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAnd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(~(TyAlign - 1)));
4968     Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP, "ap.align");
4969   }
4970 
4971   uint64_t Offset =
4972     llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, 4);
4973   llvm::Value *NextAddr =
4974     Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
4975                       "ap.next");
4976   Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
4977 
4978   if (IsIndirect)
4979     Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, BPP));
4980   else if (TyAlign < CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8) {
4981     // We can't directly cast ap.cur to pointer to a vector type, since ap.cur
4982     // may not be correctly aligned for the vector type. We create an aligned
4983     // temporary space and copy the content over from ap.cur to the temporary
4984     // space. This is necessary if the natural alignment of the type is greater
4985     // than the ABI alignment.
4986     llvm::Type *I8PtrTy = Builder.getInt8PtrTy();
4987     CharUnits CharSize = getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty);
4988     llvm::Value *AlignedTemp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(CGF.ConvertType(Ty),
4989                                                     "var.align");
4990     llvm::Value *Dst = Builder.CreateBitCast(AlignedTemp, I8PtrTy);
4991     llvm::Value *Src = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, I8PtrTy);
4992     Builder.CreateMemCpy(Dst, Src,
4993         llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.IntPtrTy, CharSize.getQuantity()),
4994         TyAlign, false);
4995     Addr = AlignedTemp; //The content is in aligned location.
4996   }
4997   llvm::Type *PTy =
4998     llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
4999   llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
5000 
5001   return AddrTyped;
5002 }
5003 
5004 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5005 // NVPTX ABI Implementation
5006 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5007 
5008 namespace {
5009 
5010 class NVPTXABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
5011 public:
5012   NVPTXABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
5013 
5014   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
5015   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
5016 
5017   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
5018   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5019                          CodeGenFunction &CFG) const override;
5020 };
5021 
5022 class NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5023 public:
5024   NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5025     : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NVPTXABIInfo(CGT)) {}
5026 
5027   void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5028                            CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
5029 private:
5030   // Adds a NamedMDNode with F, Name, and Operand as operands, and adds the
5031   // resulting MDNode to the nvvm.annotations MDNode.
5032   static void addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name, int Operand);
5033 };
5034 
5035 ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
5036   if (RetTy->isVoidType())
5037     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5038 
5039   // note: this is different from default ABI
5040   if (!RetTy->isScalarType())
5041     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
5042 
5043   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5044   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
5045     RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5046 
5047   return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5048           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5049 }
5050 
5051 ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
5052   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5053   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5054     Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5055 
5056   // Return aggregates type as indirect by value
5057   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty))
5058     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /* byval */ true);
5059 
5060   return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5061           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5062 }
5063 
5064 void NVPTXABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
5065   if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
5066     FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
5067   for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
5068     I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
5069 
5070   // Always honor user-specified calling convention.
5071   if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C)
5072     return;
5073 
5074   FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(getRuntimeCC());
5075 }
5076 
5077 llvm::Value *NVPTXABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5078                                      CodeGenFunction &CFG) const {
5079   llvm_unreachable("NVPTX does not support varargs");
5080 }
5081 
5082 void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo::
5083 SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5084                     CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const{
5085   const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
5086   if (!FD) return;
5087 
5088   llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
5089 
5090   // Perform special handling in OpenCL mode
5091   if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5092     // Use OpenCL function attributes to check for kernel functions
5093     // By default, all functions are device functions
5094     if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
5095       // OpenCL __kernel functions get kernel metadata
5096       // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node
5097       addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1);
5098       // And kernel functions are not subject to inlining
5099       F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
5100     }
5101   }
5102 
5103   // Perform special handling in CUDA mode.
5104   if (M.getLangOpts().CUDA) {
5105     // CUDA __global__ functions get a kernel metadata entry.  Since
5106     // __global__ functions cannot be called from the device, we do not
5107     // need to set the noinline attribute.
5108     if (FD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) {
5109       // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node
5110       addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1);
5111     }
5112     if (CUDALaunchBoundsAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()) {
5113       // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"maxntidx", i32 <val>} node
5114       llvm::APSInt MaxThreads(32);
5115       MaxThreads = Attr->getMaxThreads()->EvaluateKnownConstInt(M.getContext());
5116       if (MaxThreads > 0)
5117         addNVVMMetadata(F, "maxntidx", MaxThreads.getExtValue());
5118 
5119       // min blocks is an optional argument for CUDALaunchBoundsAttr. If it was
5120       // not specified in __launch_bounds__ or if the user specified a 0 value,
5121       // we don't have to add a PTX directive.
5122       if (Attr->getMinBlocks()) {
5123         llvm::APSInt MinBlocks(32);
5124         MinBlocks = Attr->getMinBlocks()->EvaluateKnownConstInt(M.getContext());
5125         if (MinBlocks > 0)
5126           // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"minctasm", i32 <val>} node
5127           addNVVMMetadata(F, "minctasm", MinBlocks.getExtValue());
5128       }
5129     }
5130   }
5131 }
5132 
5133 void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo::addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name,
5134                                              int Operand) {
5135   llvm::Module *M = F->getParent();
5136   llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = M->getContext();
5137 
5138   // Get "nvvm.annotations" metadata node
5139   llvm::NamedMDNode *MD = M->getOrInsertNamedMetadata("nvvm.annotations");
5140 
5141   llvm::Metadata *MDVals[] = {
5142       llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(F), llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Name),
5143       llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(
5144           llvm::ConstantInt::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(Ctx), Operand))};
5145   // Append metadata to nvvm.annotations
5146   MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals));
5147 }
5148 }
5149 
5150 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5151 // SystemZ ABI Implementation
5152 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5153 
5154 namespace {
5155 
5156 class SystemZABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
5157   bool HasVector;
5158 
5159 public:
5160   SystemZABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HV)
5161     : ABIInfo(CGT), HasVector(HV) {}
5162 
5163   bool isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const;
5164   bool isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const;
5165   bool isVectorArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
5166   bool isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
5167   QualType GetSingleElementType(QualType Ty) const;
5168 
5169   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
5170   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType ArgTy) const;
5171 
5172   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
5173     if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
5174       FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
5175     for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
5176       I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
5177   }
5178 
5179   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5180                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
5181 };
5182 
5183 class SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5184 public:
5185   SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasVector)
5186     : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SystemZABIInfo(CGT, HasVector)) {}
5187 };
5188 
5189 }
5190 
5191 bool SystemZABIInfo::isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const {
5192   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5193   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5194     Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5195 
5196   // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI.
5197   if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
5198     return true;
5199 
5200   // 32-bit values must also be promoted.
5201   if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
5202     switch (BT->getKind()) {
5203     case BuiltinType::Int:
5204     case BuiltinType::UInt:
5205       return true;
5206     default:
5207       return false;
5208     }
5209   return false;
5210 }
5211 
5212 bool SystemZABIInfo::isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const {
5213   return (Ty->isAnyComplexType() ||
5214           Ty->isVectorType() ||
5215           isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty));
5216 }
5217 
5218 bool SystemZABIInfo::isVectorArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
5219   return (HasVector &&
5220           Ty->isVectorType() &&
5221           getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 128);
5222 }
5223 
5224 bool SystemZABIInfo::isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
5225   if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
5226     switch (BT->getKind()) {
5227     case BuiltinType::Float:
5228     case BuiltinType::Double:
5229       return true;
5230     default:
5231       return false;
5232     }
5233 
5234   return false;
5235 }
5236 
5237 QualType SystemZABIInfo::GetSingleElementType(QualType Ty) const {
5238   if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAsStructureType()) {
5239     const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
5240     QualType Found;
5241 
5242     // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
5243     if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
5244       for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
5245         QualType Base = I.getType();
5246 
5247         // Empty bases don't affect things either way.
5248         if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Base, true))
5249           continue;
5250 
5251         if (!Found.isNull())
5252           return Ty;
5253         Found = GetSingleElementType(Base);
5254       }
5255 
5256     // Check the fields.
5257     for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
5258       // For compatibility with GCC, ignore empty bitfields in C++ mode.
5259       // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), empty structure and array fields
5260       // do count.  So do anonymous bitfields that aren't zero-sized.
5261       if (getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5262           FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0)
5263         continue;
5264 
5265       // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), arrays do not count.
5266       // Nested structures still do though.
5267       if (!Found.isNull())
5268         return Ty;
5269       Found = GetSingleElementType(FD->getType());
5270     }
5271 
5272     // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), trailing padding is allowed.
5273     // An 8-byte aligned struct s { float f; } is passed as a double.
5274     if (!Found.isNull())
5275       return Found;
5276   }
5277 
5278   return Ty;
5279 }
5280 
5281 llvm::Value *SystemZABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5282                                        CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
5283   // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type:
5284   // struct {
5285   //   i64 __gpr;
5286   //   i64 __fpr;
5287   //   i8 *__overflow_arg_area;
5288   //   i8 *__reg_save_area;
5289   // };
5290 
5291   // Every non-vector argument occupies 8 bytes and is passed by preference
5292   // in either GPRs or FPRs.  Vector arguments occupy 8 or 16 bytes and are
5293   // always passed on the stack.
5294   Ty = CGF.getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty);
5295   llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty);
5296   llvm::Type *APTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy);
5297   ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty);
5298   bool IsIndirect = AI.isIndirect();
5299   bool InFPRs = false;
5300   bool IsVector = false;
5301   unsigned UnpaddedBitSize;
5302   if (IsIndirect) {
5303     APTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(APTy);
5304     UnpaddedBitSize = 64;
5305   } else {
5306     if (AI.getCoerceToType())
5307       ArgTy = AI.getCoerceToType();
5308     InFPRs = ArgTy->isFloatTy() || ArgTy->isDoubleTy();
5309     IsVector = ArgTy->isVectorTy();
5310     UnpaddedBitSize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
5311   }
5312   unsigned PaddedBitSize = (IsVector && UnpaddedBitSize > 64) ? 128 : 64;
5313   assert((UnpaddedBitSize <= PaddedBitSize) && "Invalid argument size.");
5314 
5315   unsigned PaddedSize = PaddedBitSize / 8;
5316   unsigned Padding = (PaddedBitSize - UnpaddedBitSize) / 8;
5317 
5318   llvm::Type *IndexTy = CGF.Int64Ty;
5319   llvm::Value *PaddedSizeV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, PaddedSize);
5320 
5321   if (IsVector) {
5322     // Work out the address of a vector argument on the stack.
5323     // Vector arguments are always passed in the high bits of a
5324     // single (8 byte) or double (16 byte) stack slot.
5325     llvm::Value *OverflowArgAreaPtr =
5326       CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(nullptr, VAListAddr, 2,
5327                                   "overflow_arg_area_ptr");
5328     llvm::Value *OverflowArgArea =
5329       CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowArgAreaPtr, "overflow_arg_area");
5330     llvm::Value *MemAddr =
5331       CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(OverflowArgArea, APTy, "mem_addr");
5332 
5333     // Update overflow_arg_area_ptr pointer
5334     llvm::Value *NewOverflowArgArea =
5335       CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea, PaddedSizeV, "overflow_arg_area");
5336     CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOverflowArgArea, OverflowArgAreaPtr);
5337 
5338     return MemAddr;
5339   }
5340 
5341   unsigned MaxRegs, RegCountField, RegSaveIndex, RegPadding;
5342   if (InFPRs) {
5343     MaxRegs = 4; // Maximum of 4 FPR arguments
5344     RegCountField = 1; // __fpr
5345     RegSaveIndex = 16; // save offset for f0
5346     RegPadding = 0; // floats are passed in the high bits of an FPR
5347   } else {
5348     MaxRegs = 5; // Maximum of 5 GPR arguments
5349     RegCountField = 0; // __gpr
5350     RegSaveIndex = 2; // save offset for r2
5351     RegPadding = Padding; // values are passed in the low bits of a GPR
5352   }
5353 
5354   llvm::Value *RegCountPtr = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(
5355       nullptr, VAListAddr, RegCountField, "reg_count_ptr");
5356   llvm::Value *RegCount = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegCountPtr, "reg_count");
5357   llvm::Value *MaxRegsV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, MaxRegs);
5358   llvm::Value *InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULT(RegCount, MaxRegsV,
5359                                                  "fits_in_regs");
5360 
5361   llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
5362   llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem");
5363   llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
5364   CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock);
5365 
5366   // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers.
5367   CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
5368 
5369   // Work out the address of an argument register.
5370   llvm::Value *ScaledRegCount =
5371     CGF.Builder.CreateMul(RegCount, PaddedSizeV, "scaled_reg_count");
5372   llvm::Value *RegBase =
5373     llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, RegSaveIndex * PaddedSize + RegPadding);
5374   llvm::Value *RegOffset =
5375     CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(ScaledRegCount, RegBase, "reg_offset");
5376   llvm::Value *RegSaveAreaPtr =
5377       CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(nullptr, VAListAddr, 3, "reg_save_area_ptr");
5378   llvm::Value *RegSaveArea =
5379     CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegSaveAreaPtr, "reg_save_area");
5380   llvm::Value *RawRegAddr =
5381     CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, RegOffset, "raw_reg_addr");
5382   llvm::Value *RegAddr =
5383     CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RawRegAddr, APTy, "reg_addr");
5384 
5385   // Update the register count
5386   llvm::Value *One = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, 1);
5387   llvm::Value *NewRegCount =
5388     CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(RegCount, One, "reg_count");
5389   CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewRegCount, RegCountPtr);
5390   CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
5391 
5392   // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory.
5393   CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock);
5394 
5395   // Work out the address of a stack argument.
5396   llvm::Value *OverflowArgAreaPtr = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(
5397       nullptr, VAListAddr, 2, "overflow_arg_area_ptr");
5398   llvm::Value *OverflowArgArea =
5399     CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowArgAreaPtr, "overflow_arg_area");
5400   llvm::Value *PaddingV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, Padding);
5401   llvm::Value *RawMemAddr =
5402     CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea, PaddingV, "raw_mem_addr");
5403   llvm::Value *MemAddr =
5404     CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RawMemAddr, APTy, "mem_addr");
5405 
5406   // Update overflow_arg_area_ptr pointer
5407   llvm::Value *NewOverflowArgArea =
5408     CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea, PaddedSizeV, "overflow_arg_area");
5409   CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOverflowArgArea, OverflowArgAreaPtr);
5410   CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
5411 
5412   // Return the appropriate result.
5413   CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
5414   llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(APTy, 2, "va_arg.addr");
5415   ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock);
5416   ResAddr->addIncoming(MemAddr, InMemBlock);
5417 
5418   if (IsIndirect)
5419     return CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "indirect_arg");
5420 
5421   return ResAddr;
5422 }
5423 
5424 ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
5425   if (RetTy->isVoidType())
5426     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5427   if (isVectorArgumentType(RetTy))
5428     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
5429   if (isCompoundType(RetTy) || getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64)
5430     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
5431   return (isPromotableIntegerType(RetTy) ?
5432           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5433 }
5434 
5435 ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
5436   // Handle the generic C++ ABI.
5437   if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
5438     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
5439 
5440   // Integers and enums are extended to full register width.
5441   if (isPromotableIntegerType(Ty))
5442     return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
5443 
5444   // Handle vector types and vector-like structure types.  Note that
5445   // as opposed to float-like structure types, we do not allow any
5446   // padding for vector-like structures, so verify the sizes match.
5447   uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
5448   QualType SingleElementTy = GetSingleElementType(Ty);
5449   if (isVectorArgumentType(SingleElementTy) &&
5450       getContext().getTypeSize(SingleElementTy) == Size)
5451     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CGT.ConvertType(SingleElementTy));
5452 
5453   // Values that are not 1, 2, 4 or 8 bytes in size are passed indirectly.
5454   if (Size != 8 && Size != 16 && Size != 32 && Size != 64)
5455     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
5456 
5457   // Handle small structures.
5458   if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
5459     // Structures with flexible arrays have variable length, so really
5460     // fail the size test above.
5461     const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
5462     if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
5463       return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
5464 
5465     // The structure is passed as an unextended integer, a float, or a double.
5466     llvm::Type *PassTy;
5467     if (isFPArgumentType(SingleElementTy)) {
5468       assert(Size == 32 || Size == 64);
5469       if (Size == 32)
5470         PassTy = llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext());
5471       else
5472         PassTy = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext());
5473     } else
5474       PassTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
5475     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(PassTy);
5476   }
5477 
5478   // Non-structure compounds are passed indirectly.
5479   if (isCompoundType(Ty))
5480     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
5481 
5482   return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr);
5483 }
5484 
5485 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5486 // MSP430 ABI Implementation
5487 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5488 
5489 namespace {
5490 
5491 class MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5492 public:
5493   MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5494     : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {}
5495   void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5496                            CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
5497 };
5498 
5499 }
5500 
5501 void MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
5502                                                   llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5503                                              CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const {
5504   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
5505     if (const MSP430InterruptAttr *attr = FD->getAttr<MSP430InterruptAttr>()) {
5506       // Handle 'interrupt' attribute:
5507       llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
5508 
5509       // Step 1: Set ISR calling convention.
5510       F->setCallingConv(llvm::CallingConv::MSP430_INTR);
5511 
5512       // Step 2: Add attributes goodness.
5513       F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
5514 
5515       // Step 3: Emit ISR vector alias.
5516       unsigned Num = attr->getNumber() / 2;
5517       llvm::GlobalAlias::create(llvm::Function::ExternalLinkage,
5518                                 "__isr_" + Twine(Num), F);
5519     }
5520   }
5521 }
5522 
5523 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5524 // MIPS ABI Implementation.  This works for both little-endian and
5525 // big-endian variants.
5526 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5527 
5528 namespace {
5529 class MipsABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
5530   bool IsO32;
5531   unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes, StackAlignInBytes;
5532   void CoerceToIntArgs(uint64_t TySize,
5533                        SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const;
5534   llvm::Type* HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const;
5535   llvm::Type* returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const;
5536   llvm::Type* getPaddingType(uint64_t Align, uint64_t Offset) const;
5537 public:
5538   MipsABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool _IsO32) :
5539     ABIInfo(CGT), IsO32(_IsO32), MinABIStackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 4 : 8),
5540     StackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 8 : 16) {}
5541 
5542   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
5543   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, uint64_t &Offset) const;
5544   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
5545   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5546                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
5547 };
5548 
5549 class MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5550   unsigned SizeOfUnwindException;
5551 public:
5552   MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool IsO32)
5553     : TargetCodeGenInfo(new MipsABIInfo(CGT, IsO32)),
5554       SizeOfUnwindException(IsO32 ? 24 : 32) {}
5555 
5556   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
5557     return 29;
5558   }
5559 
5560   void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5561                            CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
5562     const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
5563     if (!FD) return;
5564     llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
5565     if (FD->hasAttr<Mips16Attr>()) {
5566       Fn->addFnAttr("mips16");
5567     }
5568     else if (FD->hasAttr<NoMips16Attr>()) {
5569       Fn->addFnAttr("nomips16");
5570     }
5571   }
5572 
5573   bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
5574                                llvm::Value *Address) const override;
5575 
5576   unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override {
5577     return SizeOfUnwindException;
5578   }
5579 };
5580 }
5581 
5582 void MipsABIInfo::CoerceToIntArgs(uint64_t TySize,
5583                                   SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const {
5584   llvm::IntegerType *IntTy =
5585     llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8);
5586 
5587   // Add (TySize / MinABIStackAlignInBytes) args of IntTy.
5588   for (unsigned N = TySize / (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8); N; --N)
5589     ArgList.push_back(IntTy);
5590 
5591   // If necessary, add one more integer type to ArgList.
5592   unsigned R = TySize % (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8);
5593 
5594   if (R)
5595     ArgList.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), R));
5596 }
5597 
5598 // In N32/64, an aligned double precision floating point field is passed in
5599 // a register.
5600 llvm::Type* MipsABIInfo::HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const {
5601   SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> ArgList, IntArgList;
5602 
5603   if (IsO32) {
5604     CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList);
5605     return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
5606   }
5607 
5608   if (Ty->isComplexType())
5609     return CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
5610 
5611   const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
5612 
5613   // Unions/vectors are passed in integer registers.
5614   if (!RT || !RT->isStructureOrClassType()) {
5615     CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList);
5616     return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
5617   }
5618 
5619   const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
5620   const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
5621   assert(!(TySize % 8) && "Size of structure must be multiple of 8.");
5622 
5623   uint64_t LastOffset = 0;
5624   unsigned idx = 0;
5625   llvm::IntegerType *I64 = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64);
5626 
5627   // Iterate over fields in the struct/class and check if there are any aligned
5628   // double fields.
5629   for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
5630        i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
5631     const QualType Ty = i->getType();
5632     const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>();
5633 
5634     if (!BT || BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Double)
5635       continue;
5636 
5637     uint64_t Offset = Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
5638     if (Offset % 64) // Ignore doubles that are not aligned.
5639       continue;
5640 
5641     // Add ((Offset - LastOffset) / 64) args of type i64.
5642     for (unsigned j = (Offset - LastOffset) / 64; j > 0; --j)
5643       ArgList.push_back(I64);
5644 
5645     // Add double type.
5646     ArgList.push_back(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()));
5647     LastOffset = Offset + 64;
5648   }
5649 
5650   CoerceToIntArgs(TySize - LastOffset, IntArgList);
5651   ArgList.append(IntArgList.begin(), IntArgList.end());
5652 
5653   return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
5654 }
5655 
5656 llvm::Type *MipsABIInfo::getPaddingType(uint64_t OrigOffset,
5657                                         uint64_t Offset) const {
5658   if (OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes > Offset)
5659     return nullptr;
5660 
5661   return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), (Offset - OrigOffset) * 8);
5662 }
5663 
5664 ABIArgInfo
5665 MipsABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, uint64_t &Offset) const {
5666   Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
5667 
5668   uint64_t OrigOffset = Offset;
5669   uint64_t TySize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
5670   uint64_t Align = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
5671 
5672   Align = std::min(std::max(Align, (uint64_t)MinABIStackAlignInBytes),
5673                    (uint64_t)StackAlignInBytes);
5674   unsigned CurrOffset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Offset, Align);
5675   Offset = CurrOffset + llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(TySize, Align * 8) / 8;
5676 
5677   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) || Ty->isVectorType()) {
5678     // Ignore empty aggregates.
5679     if (TySize == 0)
5680       return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5681 
5682     if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
5683       Offset = OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
5684       return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
5685     }
5686 
5687     // If we have reached here, aggregates are passed directly by coercing to
5688     // another structure type. Padding is inserted if the offset of the
5689     // aggregate is unaligned.
5690     ABIArgInfo ArgInfo =
5691         ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HandleAggregates(Ty, TySize), 0,
5692                               getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset));
5693     ArgInfo.setInReg(true);
5694     return ArgInfo;
5695   }
5696 
5697   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5698   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5699     Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5700 
5701   // All integral types are promoted to the GPR width.
5702   if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
5703     return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
5704 
5705   return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(
5706       nullptr, 0, IsO32 ? nullptr : getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset));
5707 }
5708 
5709 llvm::Type*
5710 MipsABIInfo::returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const {
5711   const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>();
5712   SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> RTList;
5713 
5714   if (RT && RT->isStructureOrClassType()) {
5715     const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
5716     const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
5717     unsigned FieldCnt = Layout.getFieldCount();
5718 
5719     // N32/64 returns struct/classes in floating point registers if the
5720     // following conditions are met:
5721     // 1. The size of the struct/class is no larger than 128-bit.
5722     // 2. The struct/class has one or two fields all of which are floating
5723     //    point types.
5724     // 3. The offset of the first field is zero (this follows what gcc does).
5725     //
5726     // Any other composite results are returned in integer registers.
5727     //
5728     if (FieldCnt && (FieldCnt <= 2) && !Layout.getFieldOffset(0)) {
5729       RecordDecl::field_iterator b = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
5730       for (; b != e; ++b) {
5731         const BuiltinType *BT = b->getType()->getAs<BuiltinType>();
5732 
5733         if (!BT || !BT->isFloatingPoint())
5734           break;
5735 
5736         RTList.push_back(CGT.ConvertType(b->getType()));
5737       }
5738 
5739       if (b == e)
5740         return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList,
5741                                      RD->hasAttr<PackedAttr>());
5742 
5743       RTList.clear();
5744     }
5745   }
5746 
5747   CoerceToIntArgs(Size, RTList);
5748   return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList);
5749 }
5750 
5751 ABIArgInfo MipsABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
5752   uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
5753 
5754   if (RetTy->isVoidType())
5755     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5756 
5757   // O32 doesn't treat zero-sized structs differently from other structs.
5758   // However, N32/N64 ignores zero sized return values.
5759   if (!IsO32 && Size == 0)
5760     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5761 
5762   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy) || RetTy->isVectorType()) {
5763     if (Size <= 128) {
5764       if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
5765         return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
5766 
5767       // O32 returns integer vectors in registers and N32/N64 returns all small
5768       // aggregates in registers.
5769       if (!IsO32 ||
5770           (RetTy->isVectorType() && !RetTy->hasFloatingRepresentation())) {
5771         ABIArgInfo ArgInfo =
5772             ABIArgInfo::getDirect(returnAggregateInRegs(RetTy, Size));
5773         ArgInfo.setInReg(true);
5774         return ArgInfo;
5775       }
5776     }
5777 
5778     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
5779   }
5780 
5781   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5782   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
5783     RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5784 
5785   return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5786           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5787 }
5788 
5789 void MipsABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
5790   ABIArgInfo &RetInfo = FI.getReturnInfo();
5791   if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
5792     RetInfo = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
5793 
5794   // Check if a pointer to an aggregate is passed as a hidden argument.
5795   uint64_t Offset = RetInfo.isIndirect() ? MinABIStackAlignInBytes : 0;
5796 
5797   for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
5798     I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, Offset);
5799 }
5800 
5801 llvm::Value* MipsABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5802                                     CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
5803   llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy;
5804   llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
5805 
5806   // Integer arguments are promoted to 32-bit on O32 and 64-bit on N32/N64.
5807   // Pointers are also promoted in the same way but this only matters for N32.
5808   unsigned SlotSizeInBits = IsO32 ? 32 : 64;
5809   unsigned PtrWidth = getTarget().getPointerWidth(0);
5810   if ((Ty->isIntegerType() &&
5811           CGF.getContext().getIntWidth(Ty) < SlotSizeInBits) ||
5812       (Ty->isPointerType() && PtrWidth < SlotSizeInBits)) {
5813     Ty = CGF.getContext().getIntTypeForBitwidth(SlotSizeInBits,
5814                                                 Ty->isSignedIntegerType());
5815   }
5816 
5817   CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
5818   llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
5819   llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
5820   int64_t TypeAlign =
5821       std::min(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8, StackAlignInBytes);
5822   llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
5823   llvm::Value *AddrTyped;
5824   llvm::IntegerType *IntTy = (PtrWidth == 32) ? CGF.Int32Ty : CGF.Int64Ty;
5825 
5826   if (TypeAlign > MinABIStackAlignInBytes) {
5827     llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, IntTy);
5828     llvm::Value *Inc = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, TypeAlign - 1);
5829     llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, -TypeAlign);
5830     llvm::Value *Add = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Inc);
5831     llvm::Value *And = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(Add, Mask);
5832     AddrTyped = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(And, PTy);
5833   }
5834   else
5835     AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
5836 
5837   llvm::Value *AlignedAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(AddrTyped, BP);
5838   TypeAlign = std::max((unsigned)TypeAlign, MinABIStackAlignInBytes);
5839   unsigned ArgSizeInBits = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
5840   uint64_t Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(ArgSizeInBits / 8, TypeAlign);
5841   llvm::Value *NextAddr =
5842     Builder.CreateGEP(AlignedAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, Offset),
5843                       "ap.next");
5844   Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
5845 
5846   return AddrTyped;
5847 }
5848 
5849 bool
5850 MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
5851                                                llvm::Value *Address) const {
5852   // This information comes from gcc's implementation, which seems to
5853   // as canonical as it gets.
5854 
5855   // Everything on MIPS is 4 bytes.  Double-precision FP registers
5856   // are aliased to pairs of single-precision FP registers.
5857   llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
5858 
5859   // 0-31 are the general purpose registers, $0 - $31.
5860   // 32-63 are the floating-point registers, $f0 - $f31.
5861   // 64 and 65 are the multiply/divide registers, $hi and $lo.
5862   // 66 is the (notional, I think) register for signal-handler return.
5863   AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 65);
5864 
5865   // 67-74 are the floating-point status registers, $fcc0 - $fcc7.
5866   // They are one bit wide and ignored here.
5867 
5868   // 80-111 are the coprocessor 0 registers, $c0r0 - $c0r31.
5869   // (coprocessor 1 is the FP unit)
5870   // 112-143 are the coprocessor 2 registers, $c2r0 - $c2r31.
5871   // 144-175 are the coprocessor 3 registers, $c3r0 - $c3r31.
5872   // 176-181 are the DSP accumulator registers.
5873   AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 80, 181);
5874   return false;
5875 }
5876 
5877 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5878 // TCE ABI Implementation (see http://tce.cs.tut.fi). Uses mostly the defaults.
5879 // Currently subclassed only to implement custom OpenCL C function attribute
5880 // handling.
5881 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5882 
5883 namespace {
5884 
5885 class TCETargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo {
5886 public:
5887   TCETargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5888     : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {}
5889 
5890   void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5891                            CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
5892 };
5893 
5894 void TCETargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
5895                                                llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5896                                                CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const {
5897   const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
5898   if (!FD) return;
5899 
5900   llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
5901 
5902   if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5903     if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
5904       // OpenCL C Kernel functions are not subject to inlining
5905       F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
5906       const ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr>();
5907       if (Attr) {
5908         // Convert the reqd_work_group_size() attributes to metadata.
5909         llvm::LLVMContext &Context = F->getContext();
5910         llvm::NamedMDNode *OpenCLMetadata =
5911             M.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata("opencl.kernel_wg_size_info");
5912 
5913         SmallVector<llvm::Metadata *, 5> Operands;
5914         Operands.push_back(llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(F));
5915 
5916         Operands.push_back(
5917             llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(
5918                 M.Int32Ty, llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getXDim()))));
5919         Operands.push_back(
5920             llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(
5921                 M.Int32Ty, llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getYDim()))));
5922         Operands.push_back(
5923             llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(
5924                 M.Int32Ty, llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getZDim()))));
5925 
5926         // Add a boolean constant operand for "required" (true) or "hint" (false)
5927         // for implementing the work_group_size_hint attr later. Currently
5928         // always true as the hint is not yet implemented.
5929         Operands.push_back(
5930             llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::ConstantInt::getTrue(Context)));
5931         OpenCLMetadata->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Context, Operands));
5932       }
5933     }
5934   }
5935 }
5936 
5937 }
5938 
5939 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5940 // Hexagon ABI Implementation
5941 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5942 
5943 namespace {
5944 
5945 class HexagonABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
5946 
5947 
5948 public:
5949   HexagonABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
5950 
5951 private:
5952 
5953   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
5954   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
5955 
5956   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
5957 
5958   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5959                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
5960 };
5961 
5962 class HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5963 public:
5964   HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5965     :TargetCodeGenInfo(new HexagonABIInfo(CGT)) {}
5966 
5967   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
5968     return 29;
5969   }
5970 };
5971 
5972 }
5973 
5974 void HexagonABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
5975   if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
5976     FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
5977   for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
5978     I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
5979 }
5980 
5981 ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
5982   if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
5983     // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5984     if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5985       Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5986 
5987     return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5988             ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5989   }
5990 
5991   // Ignore empty records.
5992   if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
5993     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5994 
5995   if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
5996     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
5997 
5998   uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
5999   if (Size > 64)
6000     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/true);
6001     // Pass in the smallest viable integer type.
6002   else if (Size > 32)
6003       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()));
6004   else if (Size > 16)
6005       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
6006   else if (Size > 8)
6007       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
6008   else
6009       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
6010 }
6011 
6012 ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
6013   if (RetTy->isVoidType())
6014     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
6015 
6016   // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
6017   if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64)
6018     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
6019 
6020   if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
6021     // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
6022     if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
6023       RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
6024 
6025     return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
6026             ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
6027   }
6028 
6029   if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
6030     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
6031 
6032   // Aggregates <= 8 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates
6033   // are returned indirectly.
6034   uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
6035   if (Size <= 64) {
6036     // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
6037     if (Size <= 8)
6038       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
6039     if (Size <= 16)
6040       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
6041     if (Size <= 32)
6042       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
6043     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()));
6044   }
6045 
6046   return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/true);
6047 }
6048 
6049 llvm::Value *HexagonABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
6050                                        CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
6051   // FIXME: Need to handle alignment
6052   llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
6053 
6054   CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
6055   llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP,
6056                                                        "ap");
6057   llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
6058   llvm::Type *PTy =
6059     llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
6060   llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
6061 
6062   uint64_t Offset =
6063     llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, 4);
6064   llvm::Value *NextAddr =
6065     Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
6066                       "ap.next");
6067   Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
6068 
6069   return AddrTyped;
6070 }
6071 
6072 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6073 // AMDGPU ABI Implementation
6074 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6075 
6076 namespace {
6077 
6078 class AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
6079 public:
6080   AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
6081     : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {}
6082   void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
6083                            CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
6084 };
6085 
6086 }
6087 
6088 void AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(
6089   const Decl *D,
6090   llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
6091   CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const {
6092   const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
6093   if (!FD)
6094     return;
6095 
6096   if (const auto Attr = FD->getAttr<AMDGPUNumVGPRAttr>()) {
6097     llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
6098     uint32_t NumVGPR = Attr->getNumVGPR();
6099     if (NumVGPR != 0)
6100       F->addFnAttr("amdgpu_num_vgpr", llvm::utostr(NumVGPR));
6101   }
6102 
6103   if (const auto Attr = FD->getAttr<AMDGPUNumSGPRAttr>()) {
6104     llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
6105     unsigned NumSGPR = Attr->getNumSGPR();
6106     if (NumSGPR != 0)
6107       F->addFnAttr("amdgpu_num_sgpr", llvm::utostr(NumSGPR));
6108   }
6109 }
6110 
6111 
6112 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6113 // SPARC v9 ABI Implementation.
6114 // Based on the SPARC Compliance Definition version 2.4.1.
6115 //
6116 // Function arguments a mapped to a nominal "parameter array" and promoted to
6117 // registers depending on their type. Each argument occupies 8 or 16 bytes in
6118 // the array, structs larger than 16 bytes are passed indirectly.
6119 //
6120 // One case requires special care:
6121 //
6122 //   struct mixed {
6123 //     int i;
6124 //     float f;
6125 //   };
6126 //
6127 // When a struct mixed is passed by value, it only occupies 8 bytes in the
6128 // parameter array, but the int is passed in an integer register, and the float
6129 // is passed in a floating point register. This is represented as two arguments
6130 // with the LLVM IR inreg attribute:
6131 //
6132 //   declare void f(i32 inreg %i, float inreg %f)
6133 //
6134 // The code generator will only allocate 4 bytes from the parameter array for
6135 // the inreg arguments. All other arguments are allocated a multiple of 8
6136 // bytes.
6137 //
6138 namespace {
6139 class SparcV9ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
6140 public:
6141   SparcV9ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
6142 
6143 private:
6144   ABIArgInfo classifyType(QualType RetTy, unsigned SizeLimit) const;
6145   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
6146   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
6147                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
6148 
6149   // Coercion type builder for structs passed in registers. The coercion type
6150   // serves two purposes:
6151   //
6152   // 1. Pad structs to a multiple of 64 bits, so they are passed 'left-aligned'
6153   //    in registers.
6154   // 2. Expose aligned floating point elements as first-level elements, so the
6155   //    code generator knows to pass them in floating point registers.
6156   //
6157   // We also compute the InReg flag which indicates that the struct contains
6158   // aligned 32-bit floats.
6159   //
6160   struct CoerceBuilder {
6161     llvm::LLVMContext &Context;
6162     const llvm::DataLayout &DL;
6163     SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> Elems;
6164     uint64_t Size;
6165     bool InReg;
6166 
6167     CoerceBuilder(llvm::LLVMContext &c, const llvm::DataLayout &dl)
6168       : Context(c), DL(dl), Size(0), InReg(false) {}
6169 
6170     // Pad Elems with integers until Size is ToSize.
6171     void pad(uint64_t ToSize) {
6172       assert(ToSize >= Size && "Cannot remove elements");
6173       if (ToSize == Size)
6174         return;
6175 
6176       // Finish the current 64-bit word.
6177       uint64_t Aligned = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, 64);
6178       if (Aligned > Size && Aligned <= ToSize) {
6179         Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, Aligned - Size));
6180         Size = Aligned;
6181       }
6182 
6183       // Add whole 64-bit words.
6184       while (Size + 64 <= ToSize) {
6185         Elems.push_back(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Context));
6186         Size += 64;
6187       }
6188 
6189       // Final in-word padding.
6190       if (Size < ToSize) {
6191         Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, ToSize - Size));
6192         Size = ToSize;
6193       }
6194     }
6195 
6196     // Add a floating point element at Offset.
6197     void addFloat(uint64_t Offset, llvm::Type *Ty, unsigned Bits) {
6198       // Unaligned floats are treated as integers.
6199       if (Offset % Bits)
6200         return;
6201       // The InReg flag is only required if there are any floats < 64 bits.
6202       if (Bits < 64)
6203         InReg = true;
6204       pad(Offset);
6205       Elems.push_back(Ty);
6206       Size = Offset + Bits;
6207     }
6208 
6209     // Add a struct type to the coercion type, starting at Offset (in bits).
6210     void addStruct(uint64_t Offset, llvm::StructType *StrTy) {
6211       const llvm::StructLayout *Layout = DL.getStructLayout(StrTy);
6212       for (unsigned i = 0, e = StrTy->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i) {
6213         llvm::Type *ElemTy = StrTy->getElementType(i);
6214         uint64_t ElemOffset = Offset + Layout->getElementOffsetInBits(i);
6215         switch (ElemTy->getTypeID()) {
6216         case llvm::Type::StructTyID:
6217           addStruct(ElemOffset, cast<llvm::StructType>(ElemTy));
6218           break;
6219         case llvm::Type::FloatTyID:
6220           addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 32);
6221           break;
6222         case llvm::Type::DoubleTyID:
6223           addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 64);
6224           break;
6225         case llvm::Type::FP128TyID:
6226           addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 128);
6227           break;
6228         case llvm::Type::PointerTyID:
6229           if (ElemOffset % 64 == 0) {
6230             pad(ElemOffset);
6231             Elems.push_back(ElemTy);
6232             Size += 64;
6233           }
6234           break;
6235         default:
6236           break;
6237         }
6238       }
6239     }
6240 
6241     // Check if Ty is a usable substitute for the coercion type.
6242     bool isUsableType(llvm::StructType *Ty) const {
6243       return llvm::makeArrayRef(Elems) == Ty->elements();
6244     }
6245 
6246     // Get the coercion type as a literal struct type.
6247     llvm::Type *getType() const {
6248       if (Elems.size() == 1)
6249         return Elems.front();
6250       else
6251         return llvm::StructType::get(Context, Elems);
6252     }
6253   };
6254 };
6255 } // end anonymous namespace
6256 
6257 ABIArgInfo
6258 SparcV9ABIInfo::classifyType(QualType Ty, unsigned SizeLimit) const {
6259   if (Ty->isVoidType())
6260     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
6261 
6262   uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
6263 
6264   // Anything too big to fit in registers is passed with an explicit indirect
6265   // pointer / sret pointer.
6266   if (Size > SizeLimit)
6267     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
6268 
6269   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
6270   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
6271     Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
6272 
6273   // Integer types smaller than a register are extended.
6274   if (Size < 64 && Ty->isIntegerType())
6275     return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
6276 
6277   // Other non-aggregates go in registers.
6278   if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty))
6279     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
6280 
6281   // If a C++ object has either a non-trivial copy constructor or a non-trivial
6282   // destructor, it is passed with an explicit indirect pointer / sret pointer.
6283   if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
6284     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
6285 
6286   // This is a small aggregate type that should be passed in registers.
6287   // Build a coercion type from the LLVM struct type.
6288   llvm::StructType *StrTy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(CGT.ConvertType(Ty));
6289   if (!StrTy)
6290     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
6291 
6292   CoerceBuilder CB(getVMContext(), getDataLayout());
6293   CB.addStruct(0, StrTy);
6294   CB.pad(llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CB.DL.getTypeSizeInBits(StrTy), 64));
6295 
6296   // Try to use the original type for coercion.
6297   llvm::Type *CoerceTy = CB.isUsableType(StrTy) ? StrTy : CB.getType();
6298 
6299   if (CB.InReg)
6300     return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CoerceTy);
6301   else
6302     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
6303 }
6304 
6305 llvm::Value *SparcV9ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
6306                                        CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
6307   ABIArgInfo AI = classifyType(Ty, 16 * 8);
6308   llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
6309   if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType())
6310     AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy);
6311 
6312   llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
6313   CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
6314   llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
6315   llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
6316   llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy);
6317   llvm::Value *ArgAddr;
6318   unsigned Stride;
6319 
6320   switch (AI.getKind()) {
6321   case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
6322   case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
6323     llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg");
6324 
6325   case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
6326     Stride = 8;
6327     ArgAddr = Builder
6328       .CreateConstGEP1_32(Addr, 8 - getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(ArgTy),
6329                           "extend");
6330     break;
6331 
6332   case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
6333     Stride = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType());
6334     ArgAddr = Addr;
6335     break;
6336 
6337   case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
6338     Stride = 8;
6339     ArgAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr,
6340                                     llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgPtrTy),
6341                                     "indirect");
6342     ArgAddr = Builder.CreateLoad(ArgAddr, "indirect.arg");
6343     break;
6344 
6345   case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
6346     return llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy);
6347   }
6348 
6349   // Update VAList.
6350   Addr = Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(Addr, Stride, "ap.next");
6351   Builder.CreateStore(Addr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
6352 
6353   return Builder.CreatePointerCast(ArgAddr, ArgPtrTy, "arg.addr");
6354 }
6355 
6356 void SparcV9ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
6357   FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyType(FI.getReturnType(), 32 * 8);
6358   for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
6359     I.info = classifyType(I.type, 16 * 8);
6360 }
6361 
6362 namespace {
6363 class SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
6364 public:
6365   SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
6366     : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SparcV9ABIInfo(CGT)) {}
6367 
6368   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
6369     return 14;
6370   }
6371 
6372   bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
6373                                llvm::Value *Address) const override;
6374 };
6375 } // end anonymous namespace
6376 
6377 bool
6378 SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
6379                                                 llvm::Value *Address) const {
6380   // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
6381   // against gcc output.  AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
6382 
6383   CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
6384 
6385   llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
6386   llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
6387   llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
6388 
6389   // 0-31: the 8-byte general-purpose registers
6390   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31);
6391 
6392   // 32-63: f0-31, the 4-byte floating-point registers
6393   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 32, 63);
6394 
6395   //   Y   = 64
6396   //   PSR = 65
6397   //   WIM = 66
6398   //   TBR = 67
6399   //   PC  = 68
6400   //   NPC = 69
6401   //   FSR = 70
6402   //   CSR = 71
6403   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 64, 71);
6404 
6405   // 72-87: d0-15, the 8-byte floating-point registers
6406   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 72, 87);
6407 
6408   return false;
6409 }
6410 
6411 
6412 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6413 // XCore ABI Implementation
6414 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6415 
6416 namespace {
6417 
6418 /// A SmallStringEnc instance is used to build up the TypeString by passing
6419 /// it by reference between functions that append to it.
6420 typedef llvm::SmallString<128> SmallStringEnc;
6421 
6422 /// TypeStringCache caches the meta encodings of Types.
6423 ///
6424 /// The reason for caching TypeStrings is two fold:
6425 ///   1. To cache a type's encoding for later uses;
6426 ///   2. As a means to break recursive member type inclusion.
6427 ///
6428 /// A cache Entry can have a Status of:
6429 ///   NonRecursive:   The type encoding is not recursive;
6430 ///   Recursive:      The type encoding is recursive;
6431 ///   Incomplete:     An incomplete TypeString;
6432 ///   IncompleteUsed: An incomplete TypeString that has been used in a
6433 ///                   Recursive type encoding.
6434 ///
6435 /// A NonRecursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully
6436 /// as possible. Whilst it may contain types which are recursive, the type
6437 /// itself is not recursive and thus its encoding may be safely used whenever
6438 /// the type is encountered.
6439 ///
6440 /// A Recursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully as
6441 /// possible. The type itself is recursive and it may contain other types which
6442 /// are recursive. The Recursive encoding must not be used during the expansion
6443 /// of a recursive type's recursive branch. For simplicity the code uses
6444 /// IncompleteCount to reject all usage of Recursive encodings for member types.
6445 ///
6446 /// An Incomplete entry is always a RecordType and only encodes its
6447 /// identifier e.g. "s(S){}". Incomplete 'StubEnc' entries are ephemeral and
6448 /// are placed into the cache during type expansion as a means to identify and
6449 /// handle recursive inclusion of types as sub-members. If there is recursion
6450 /// the entry becomes IncompleteUsed.
6451 ///
6452 /// During the expansion of a RecordType's members:
6453 ///
6454 ///   If the cache contains a NonRecursive encoding for the member type, the
6455 ///   cached encoding is used;
6456 ///
6457 ///   If the cache contains a Recursive encoding for the member type, the
6458 ///   cached encoding is 'Swapped' out, as it may be incorrect, and...
6459 ///
6460 ///   If the member is a RecordType, an Incomplete encoding is placed into the
6461 ///   cache to break potential recursive inclusion of itself as a sub-member;
6462 ///
6463 ///   Once a member RecordType has been expanded, its temporary incomplete
6464 ///   entry is removed from the cache. If a Recursive encoding was swapped out
6465 ///   it is swapped back in;
6466 ///
6467 ///   If an incomplete entry is used to expand a sub-member, the incomplete
6468 ///   entry is marked as IncompleteUsed. The cache keeps count of how many
6469 ///   IncompleteUsed entries it currently contains in IncompleteUsedCount;
6470 ///
6471 ///   If a member's encoding is found to be a NonRecursive or Recursive viz:
6472 ///   IncompleteUsedCount==0, the member's encoding is added to the cache.
6473 ///   Else the member is part of a recursive type and thus the recursion has
6474 ///   been exited too soon for the encoding to be correct for the member.
6475 ///
6476 class TypeStringCache {
6477   enum Status {NonRecursive, Recursive, Incomplete, IncompleteUsed};
6478   struct Entry {
6479     std::string Str;     // The encoded TypeString for the type.
6480     enum Status State;   // Information about the encoding in 'Str'.
6481     std::string Swapped; // A temporary place holder for a Recursive encoding
6482                          // during the expansion of RecordType's members.
6483   };
6484   std::map<const IdentifierInfo *, struct Entry> Map;
6485   unsigned IncompleteCount;     // Number of Incomplete entries in the Map.
6486   unsigned IncompleteUsedCount; // Number of IncompleteUsed entries in the Map.
6487 public:
6488   TypeStringCache() : IncompleteCount(0), IncompleteUsedCount(0) {};
6489   void addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, std::string StubEnc);
6490   bool removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID);
6491   void addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str,
6492                      bool IsRecursive);
6493   StringRef lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID);
6494 };
6495 
6496 /// TypeString encodings for enum & union fields must be order.
6497 /// FieldEncoding is a helper for this ordering process.
6498 class FieldEncoding {
6499   bool HasName;
6500   std::string Enc;
6501 public:
6502   FieldEncoding(bool b, SmallStringEnc &e) : HasName(b), Enc(e.c_str()) {};
6503   StringRef str() {return Enc.c_str();};
6504   bool operator<(const FieldEncoding &rhs) const {
6505     if (HasName != rhs.HasName) return HasName;
6506     return Enc < rhs.Enc;
6507   }
6508 };
6509 
6510 class XCoreABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
6511 public:
6512   XCoreABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {}
6513   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
6514                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
6515 };
6516 
6517 class XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
6518   mutable TypeStringCache TSC;
6519 public:
6520   XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
6521     :TargetCodeGenInfo(new XCoreABIInfo(CGT)) {}
6522   void emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
6523                     CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
6524 };
6525 
6526 } // End anonymous namespace.
6527 
6528 llvm::Value *XCoreABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
6529                                      CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
6530   CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
6531 
6532   // Get the VAList.
6533   llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr,
6534                                                        CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy);
6535   llvm::Value *AP = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP);
6536 
6537   // Handle the argument.
6538   ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty);
6539   llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
6540   if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType())
6541     AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy);
6542   llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy);
6543   llvm::Value *Val;
6544   uint64_t ArgSize = 0;
6545   switch (AI.getKind()) {
6546   case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
6547   case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
6548     llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg");
6549   case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
6550     Val = llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy);
6551     ArgSize = 0;
6552     break;
6553   case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
6554   case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
6555     Val = Builder.CreatePointerCast(AP, ArgPtrTy);
6556     ArgSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType());
6557     if (ArgSize < 4)
6558       ArgSize = 4;
6559     break;
6560   case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
6561     llvm::Value *ArgAddr;
6562     ArgAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(AP, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgPtrTy));
6563     ArgAddr = Builder.CreateLoad(ArgAddr);
6564     Val = Builder.CreatePointerCast(ArgAddr, ArgPtrTy);
6565     ArgSize = 4;
6566     break;
6567   }
6568 
6569   // Increment the VAList.
6570   if (ArgSize) {
6571     llvm::Value *APN = Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(AP, ArgSize);
6572     Builder.CreateStore(APN, VAListAddrAsBPP);
6573   }
6574   return Val;
6575 }
6576 
6577 /// During the expansion of a RecordType, an incomplete TypeString is placed
6578 /// into the cache as a means to identify and break recursion.
6579 /// If there is a Recursive encoding in the cache, it is swapped out and will
6580 /// be reinserted by removeIncomplete().
6581 /// All other types of encoding should have been used rather than arriving here.
6582 void TypeStringCache::addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID,
6583                                     std::string StubEnc) {
6584   if (!ID)
6585     return;
6586   Entry &E = Map[ID];
6587   assert( (E.Str.empty() || E.State == Recursive) &&
6588          "Incorrectly use of addIncomplete");
6589   assert(!StubEnc.empty() && "Passing an empty string to addIncomplete()");
6590   E.Swapped.swap(E.Str); // swap out the Recursive
6591   E.Str.swap(StubEnc);
6592   E.State = Incomplete;
6593   ++IncompleteCount;
6594 }
6595 
6596 /// Once the RecordType has been expanded, the temporary incomplete TypeString
6597 /// must be removed from the cache.
6598 /// If a Recursive was swapped out by addIncomplete(), it will be replaced.
6599 /// Returns true if the RecordType was defined recursively.
6600 bool TypeStringCache::removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6601   if (!ID)
6602     return false;
6603   auto I = Map.find(ID);
6604   assert(I != Map.end() && "Entry not present");
6605   Entry &E = I->second;
6606   assert( (E.State == Incomplete ||
6607            E.State == IncompleteUsed) &&
6608          "Entry must be an incomplete type");
6609   bool IsRecursive = false;
6610   if (E.State == IncompleteUsed) {
6611     // We made use of our Incomplete encoding, thus we are recursive.
6612     IsRecursive = true;
6613     --IncompleteUsedCount;
6614   }
6615   if (E.Swapped.empty())
6616     Map.erase(I);
6617   else {
6618     // Swap the Recursive back.
6619     E.Swapped.swap(E.Str);
6620     E.Swapped.clear();
6621     E.State = Recursive;
6622   }
6623   --IncompleteCount;
6624   return IsRecursive;
6625 }
6626 
6627 /// Add the encoded TypeString to the cache only if it is NonRecursive or
6628 /// Recursive (viz: all sub-members were expanded as fully as possible).
6629 void TypeStringCache::addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str,
6630                                     bool IsRecursive) {
6631   if (!ID || IncompleteUsedCount)
6632     return; // No key or it is is an incomplete sub-type so don't add.
6633   Entry &E = Map[ID];
6634   if (IsRecursive && !E.Str.empty()) {
6635     assert(E.State==Recursive && E.Str.size() == Str.size() &&
6636            "This is not the same Recursive entry");
6637     // The parent container was not recursive after all, so we could have used
6638     // this Recursive sub-member entry after all, but we assumed the worse when
6639     // we started viz: IncompleteCount!=0.
6640     return;
6641   }
6642   assert(E.Str.empty() && "Entry already present");
6643   E.Str = Str.str();
6644   E.State = IsRecursive? Recursive : NonRecursive;
6645 }
6646 
6647 /// Return a cached TypeString encoding for the ID. If there isn't one, or we
6648 /// are recursively expanding a type (IncompleteCount != 0) and the cached
6649 /// encoding is Recursive, return an empty StringRef.
6650 StringRef TypeStringCache::lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6651   if (!ID)
6652     return StringRef();   // We have no key.
6653   auto I = Map.find(ID);
6654   if (I == Map.end())
6655     return StringRef();   // We have no encoding.
6656   Entry &E = I->second;
6657   if (E.State == Recursive && IncompleteCount)
6658     return StringRef();   // We don't use Recursive encodings for member types.
6659 
6660   if (E.State == Incomplete) {
6661     // The incomplete type is being used to break out of recursion.
6662     E.State = IncompleteUsed;
6663     ++IncompleteUsedCount;
6664   }
6665   return E.Str.c_str();
6666 }
6667 
6668 /// The XCore ABI includes a type information section that communicates symbol
6669 /// type information to the linker. The linker uses this information to verify
6670 /// safety/correctness of things such as array bound and pointers et al.
6671 /// The ABI only requires C (and XC) language modules to emit TypeStrings.
6672 /// This type information (TypeString) is emitted into meta data for all global
6673 /// symbols: definitions, declarations, functions & variables.
6674 ///
6675 /// The TypeString carries type, qualifier, name, size & value details.
6676 /// Please see 'Tools Development Guide' section 2.16.2 for format details:
6677 /// <https://www.xmos.com/download/public/Tools-Development-Guide%28X9114A%29.pdf>
6678 /// The output is tested by test/CodeGen/xcore-stringtype.c.
6679 ///
6680 static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D,
6681                           CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC);
6682 
6683 /// XCore uses emitTargetMD to emit TypeString metadata for global symbols.
6684 void XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo::emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
6685                                           CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
6686   SmallStringEnc Enc;
6687   if (getTypeString(Enc, D, CGM, TSC)) {
6688     llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = CGM.getModule().getContext();
6689     llvm::SmallVector<llvm::Metadata *, 2> MDVals;
6690     MDVals.push_back(llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(GV));
6691     MDVals.push_back(llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Enc.str()));
6692     llvm::NamedMDNode *MD =
6693       CGM.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata("xcore.typestrings");
6694     MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals));
6695   }
6696 }
6697 
6698 static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType,
6699                        const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6700                        TypeStringCache &TSC);
6701 
6702 /// Helper function for appendRecordType().
6703 /// Builds a SmallVector containing the encoded field types in declaration order.
6704 static bool extractFieldType(SmallVectorImpl<FieldEncoding> &FE,
6705                              const RecordDecl *RD,
6706                              const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6707                              TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6708   for (const auto *Field : RD->fields()) {
6709     SmallStringEnc Enc;
6710     Enc += "m(";
6711     Enc += Field->getName();
6712     Enc += "){";
6713     if (Field->isBitField()) {
6714       Enc += "b(";
6715       llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Enc);
6716       OS.resync();
6717       OS << Field->getBitWidthValue(CGM.getContext());
6718       OS.flush();
6719       Enc += ':';
6720     }
6721     if (!appendType(Enc, Field->getType(), CGM, TSC))
6722       return false;
6723     if (Field->isBitField())
6724       Enc += ')';
6725     Enc += '}';
6726     FE.push_back(FieldEncoding(!Field->getName().empty(), Enc));
6727   }
6728   return true;
6729 }
6730 
6731 /// Appends structure and union types to Enc and adds encoding to cache.
6732 /// Recursively calls appendType (via extractFieldType) for each field.
6733 /// Union types have their fields ordered according to the ABI.
6734 static bool appendRecordType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const RecordType *RT,
6735                              const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6736                              TypeStringCache &TSC, const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6737   // Append the cached TypeString if we have one.
6738   StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID);
6739   if (!TypeString.empty()) {
6740     Enc += TypeString;
6741     return true;
6742   }
6743 
6744   // Start to emit an incomplete TypeString.
6745   size_t Start = Enc.size();
6746   Enc += (RT->isUnionType()? 'u' : 's');
6747   Enc += '(';
6748   if (ID)
6749     Enc += ID->getName();
6750   Enc += "){";
6751 
6752   // We collect all encoded fields and order as necessary.
6753   bool IsRecursive = false;
6754   const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl()->getDefinition();
6755   if (RD && !RD->field_empty()) {
6756     // An incomplete TypeString stub is placed in the cache for this RecordType
6757     // so that recursive calls to this RecordType will use it whilst building a
6758     // complete TypeString for this RecordType.
6759     SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE;
6760     std::string StubEnc(Enc.substr(Start).str());
6761     StubEnc += '}';  // StubEnc now holds a valid incomplete TypeString.
6762     TSC.addIncomplete(ID, std::move(StubEnc));
6763     if (!extractFieldType(FE, RD, CGM, TSC)) {
6764       (void) TSC.removeIncomplete(ID);
6765       return false;
6766     }
6767     IsRecursive = TSC.removeIncomplete(ID);
6768     // The ABI requires unions to be sorted but not structures.
6769     // See FieldEncoding::operator< for sort algorithm.
6770     if (RT->isUnionType())
6771       std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end());
6772     // We can now complete the TypeString.
6773     unsigned E = FE.size();
6774     for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) {
6775       if (I)
6776         Enc += ',';
6777       Enc += FE[I].str();
6778     }
6779   }
6780   Enc += '}';
6781   TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), IsRecursive);
6782   return true;
6783 }
6784 
6785 /// Appends enum types to Enc and adds the encoding to the cache.
6786 static bool appendEnumType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const EnumType *ET,
6787                            TypeStringCache &TSC,
6788                            const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6789   // Append the cached TypeString if we have one.
6790   StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID);
6791   if (!TypeString.empty()) {
6792     Enc += TypeString;
6793     return true;
6794   }
6795 
6796   size_t Start = Enc.size();
6797   Enc += "e(";
6798   if (ID)
6799     Enc += ID->getName();
6800   Enc += "){";
6801 
6802   // We collect all encoded enumerations and order them alphanumerically.
6803   if (const EnumDecl *ED = ET->getDecl()->getDefinition()) {
6804     SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE;
6805     for (auto I = ED->enumerator_begin(), E = ED->enumerator_end(); I != E;
6806          ++I) {
6807       SmallStringEnc EnumEnc;
6808       EnumEnc += "m(";
6809       EnumEnc += I->getName();
6810       EnumEnc += "){";
6811       I->getInitVal().toString(EnumEnc);
6812       EnumEnc += '}';
6813       FE.push_back(FieldEncoding(!I->getName().empty(), EnumEnc));
6814     }
6815     std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end());
6816     unsigned E = FE.size();
6817     for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) {
6818       if (I)
6819         Enc += ',';
6820       Enc += FE[I].str();
6821     }
6822   }
6823   Enc += '}';
6824   TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), false);
6825   return true;
6826 }
6827 
6828 /// Appends type's qualifier to Enc.
6829 /// This is done prior to appending the type's encoding.
6830 static void appendQualifier(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT) {
6831   // Qualifiers are emitted in alphabetical order.
6832   static const char *Table[] = {"","c:","r:","cr:","v:","cv:","rv:","crv:"};
6833   int Lookup = 0;
6834   if (QT.isConstQualified())
6835     Lookup += 1<<0;
6836   if (QT.isRestrictQualified())
6837     Lookup += 1<<1;
6838   if (QT.isVolatileQualified())
6839     Lookup += 1<<2;
6840   Enc += Table[Lookup];
6841 }
6842 
6843 /// Appends built-in types to Enc.
6844 static bool appendBuiltinType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const BuiltinType *BT) {
6845   const char *EncType;
6846   switch (BT->getKind()) {
6847     case BuiltinType::Void:
6848       EncType = "0";
6849       break;
6850     case BuiltinType::Bool:
6851       EncType = "b";
6852       break;
6853     case BuiltinType::Char_U:
6854       EncType = "uc";
6855       break;
6856     case BuiltinType::UChar:
6857       EncType = "uc";
6858       break;
6859     case BuiltinType::SChar:
6860       EncType = "sc";
6861       break;
6862     case BuiltinType::UShort:
6863       EncType = "us";
6864       break;
6865     case BuiltinType::Short:
6866       EncType = "ss";
6867       break;
6868     case BuiltinType::UInt:
6869       EncType = "ui";
6870       break;
6871     case BuiltinType::Int:
6872       EncType = "si";
6873       break;
6874     case BuiltinType::ULong:
6875       EncType = "ul";
6876       break;
6877     case BuiltinType::Long:
6878       EncType = "sl";
6879       break;
6880     case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
6881       EncType = "ull";
6882       break;
6883     case BuiltinType::LongLong:
6884       EncType = "sll";
6885       break;
6886     case BuiltinType::Float:
6887       EncType = "ft";
6888       break;
6889     case BuiltinType::Double:
6890       EncType = "d";
6891       break;
6892     case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
6893       EncType = "ld";
6894       break;
6895     default:
6896       return false;
6897   }
6898   Enc += EncType;
6899   return true;
6900 }
6901 
6902 /// Appends a pointer encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the pointee.
6903 static bool appendPointerType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const PointerType *PT,
6904                               const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6905                               TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6906   Enc += "p(";
6907   if (!appendType(Enc, PT->getPointeeType(), CGM, TSC))
6908     return false;
6909   Enc += ')';
6910   return true;
6911 }
6912 
6913 /// Appends array encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the element.
6914 static bool appendArrayType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT,
6915                             const ArrayType *AT,
6916                             const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6917                             TypeStringCache &TSC, StringRef NoSizeEnc) {
6918   if (AT->getSizeModifier() != ArrayType::Normal)
6919     return false;
6920   Enc += "a(";
6921   if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
6922     CAT->getSize().toStringUnsigned(Enc);
6923   else
6924     Enc += NoSizeEnc; // Global arrays use "*", otherwise it is "".
6925   Enc += ':';
6926   // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
6927   appendQualifier(Enc, QT);
6928   if (!appendType(Enc, AT->getElementType(), CGM, TSC))
6929     return false;
6930   Enc += ')';
6931   return true;
6932 }
6933 
6934 /// Appends a function encoding to Enc, calling appendType for the return type
6935 /// and the arguments.
6936 static bool appendFunctionType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const FunctionType *FT,
6937                              const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6938                              TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6939   Enc += "f{";
6940   if (!appendType(Enc, FT->getReturnType(), CGM, TSC))
6941     return false;
6942   Enc += "}(";
6943   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FT->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
6944     // N.B. we are only interested in the adjusted param types.
6945     auto I = FPT->param_type_begin();
6946     auto E = FPT->param_type_end();
6947     if (I != E) {
6948       do {
6949         if (!appendType(Enc, *I, CGM, TSC))
6950           return false;
6951         ++I;
6952         if (I != E)
6953           Enc += ',';
6954       } while (I != E);
6955       if (FPT->isVariadic())
6956         Enc += ",va";
6957     } else {
6958       if (FPT->isVariadic())
6959         Enc += "va";
6960       else
6961         Enc += '0';
6962     }
6963   }
6964   Enc += ')';
6965   return true;
6966 }
6967 
6968 /// Handles the type's qualifier before dispatching a call to handle specific
6969 /// type encodings.
6970 static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType,
6971                        const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6972                        TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6973 
6974   QualType QT = QType.getCanonicalType();
6975 
6976   if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe())
6977     // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
6978     // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here.
6979     return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, "");
6980 
6981   appendQualifier(Enc, QT);
6982 
6983   if (const BuiltinType *BT = QT->getAs<BuiltinType>())
6984     return appendBuiltinType(Enc, BT);
6985 
6986   if (const PointerType *PT = QT->getAs<PointerType>())
6987     return appendPointerType(Enc, PT, CGM, TSC);
6988 
6989   if (const EnumType *ET = QT->getAs<EnumType>())
6990     return appendEnumType(Enc, ET, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
6991 
6992   if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsStructureType())
6993     return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
6994 
6995   if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsUnionType())
6996     return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
6997 
6998   if (const FunctionType *FT = QT->getAs<FunctionType>())
6999     return appendFunctionType(Enc, FT, CGM, TSC);
7000 
7001   return false;
7002 }
7003 
7004 static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D,
7005                           CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC) {
7006   if (!D)
7007     return false;
7008 
7009   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
7010     if (FD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage)
7011       return false;
7012     return appendType(Enc, FD->getType(), CGM, TSC);
7013   }
7014 
7015   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
7016     if (VD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage)
7017       return false;
7018     QualType QT = VD->getType().getCanonicalType();
7019     if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) {
7020       // Global ArrayTypes are given a size of '*' if the size is unknown.
7021       // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
7022       // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here.
7023       return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, "*");
7024     }
7025     return appendType(Enc, QT, CGM, TSC);
7026   }
7027   return false;
7028 }
7029 
7030 
7031 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7032 // Driver code
7033 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7034 
7035 const llvm::Triple &CodeGenModule::getTriple() const {
7036   return getTarget().getTriple();
7037 }
7038 
7039 bool CodeGenModule::supportsCOMDAT() const {
7040   return !getTriple().isOSBinFormatMachO();
7041 }
7042 
7043 const TargetCodeGenInfo &CodeGenModule::getTargetCodeGenInfo() {
7044   if (TheTargetCodeGenInfo)
7045     return *TheTargetCodeGenInfo;
7046 
7047   const llvm::Triple &Triple = getTarget().getTriple();
7048   switch (Triple.getArch()) {
7049   default:
7050     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7051 
7052   case llvm::Triple::le32:
7053     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7054   case llvm::Triple::mips:
7055   case llvm::Triple::mipsel:
7056     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, true));
7057 
7058   case llvm::Triple::mips64:
7059   case llvm::Triple::mips64el:
7060     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, false));
7061 
7062   case llvm::Triple::aarch64:
7063   case llvm::Triple::aarch64_be: {
7064     AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::AAPCS;
7065     if (getTarget().getABI() == "darwinpcs")
7066       Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::DarwinPCS;
7067 
7068     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
7069   }
7070 
7071   case llvm::Triple::arm:
7072   case llvm::Triple::armeb:
7073   case llvm::Triple::thumb:
7074   case llvm::Triple::thumbeb:
7075     {
7076       if (Triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::Win32) {
7077         TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7078             new WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP);
7079         return *TheTargetCodeGenInfo;
7080       }
7081 
7082       ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS;
7083       if (getTarget().getABI() == "apcs-gnu")
7084         Kind = ARMABIInfo::APCS;
7085       else if (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI == "hard" ||
7086                (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI != "soft" &&
7087                 Triple.getEnvironment() == llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF))
7088         Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP;
7089 
7090       return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
7091     }
7092 
7093   case llvm::Triple::ppc:
7094     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7095   case llvm::Triple::ppc64:
7096     if (Triple.isOSBinFormatELF()) {
7097       PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv1;
7098       if (getTarget().getABI() == "elfv2")
7099         Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv2;
7100       bool HasQPX = getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1-qpx";
7101 
7102       return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7103                new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind, HasQPX));
7104     } else
7105       return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7106   case llvm::Triple::ppc64le: {
7107     assert(Triple.isOSBinFormatELF() && "PPC64 LE non-ELF not supported!");
7108     PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv2;
7109     if (getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1" || getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1-qpx")
7110       Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv1;
7111     bool HasQPX = getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1-qpx";
7112 
7113     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7114              new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind, HasQPX));
7115   }
7116 
7117   case llvm::Triple::nvptx:
7118   case llvm::Triple::nvptx64:
7119     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7120 
7121   case llvm::Triple::msp430:
7122     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7123 
7124   case llvm::Triple::systemz: {
7125     bool HasVector = getTarget().getABI() == "vector";
7126     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(Types,
7127                                                                  HasVector));
7128   }
7129 
7130   case llvm::Triple::tce:
7131     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new TCETargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7132 
7133   case llvm::Triple::x86: {
7134     bool IsDarwinVectorABI = Triple.isOSDarwin();
7135     bool IsSmallStructInRegABI =
7136         X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI(Triple, CodeGenOpts);
7137     bool IsWin32FloatStructABI = Triple.isOSWindows() && !Triple.isOSCygMing();
7138 
7139     if (Triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::Win32) {
7140       return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7141                new WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types,
7142                                               IsDarwinVectorABI, IsSmallStructInRegABI,
7143                                               IsWin32FloatStructABI,
7144                                               CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters));
7145     } else {
7146       return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7147                new X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types,
7148                                            IsDarwinVectorABI, IsSmallStructInRegABI,
7149                                            IsWin32FloatStructABI,
7150                                            CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters));
7151     }
7152   }
7153 
7154   case llvm::Triple::x86_64: {
7155     bool HasAVX = getTarget().getABI() == "avx";
7156 
7157     switch (Triple.getOS()) {
7158     case llvm::Triple::Win32:
7159       return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7160                    new WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, HasAVX));
7161     case llvm::Triple::PS4:
7162       return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PS4TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, HasAVX));
7163     default:
7164       return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7165                    new X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, HasAVX));
7166     }
7167   }
7168   case llvm::Triple::hexagon:
7169     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7170   case llvm::Triple::r600:
7171     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7172   case llvm::Triple::amdgcn:
7173     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7174   case llvm::Triple::sparcv9:
7175     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7176   case llvm::Triple::xcore:
7177     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7178   }
7179 }
7180